Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: Omron Pg. 5
Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: Allied Pg. 6
EDITORIAL
Infomedia 18 Limited, Special Interest Publications Division, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J. K. Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028, India Tel: +91-22-30245000, Fax: +91-22-30034499 search@infomedia18.in CEO – Publishing Sandeep Khosla
EDITORIAL Executive Editor Archana Tiwari-Nayudu Features Editor Prerna Sharma Senior Features Writer Sumedha Mahorey Senior Correspondent Shivani Mody (Bengaluru) Features Writer Sandeep Pai, Sudhir Muddana, Purna Parmar, KTP Radhika Jinoy & Anwesh Koley (Delhi) Copy Editor Kimberley D’Mello Products Desk Michael Anthony
DESIGN & PRODUCTION Assistant Art Director Varuna Naik Design Team Sanjay Dalvi, Uttam Rane Chief Photographer Mexy Xavier Photographer Neha Mithbawkar & Joshua Navalkar Production Desk Dnyaneshwar Goythale, Lovey Fernandes, Pukha Dhawan, Varsha Nawathe, Akshata Rane, Ravikumar Potdar, Sanjay Shelar, Abhay Borkar
CORPORATE Associate Vice President Sudhanva Jategaonkar Marketing & Branding Ganesh Mahale, Prachi Mutha, Shibani Gharat, Jagruti Shah
BUSINESS OFFICES Ahmedabad (Shashin): Tel: 079-39826432 Fax: 079-39826464 sipdahmedabad@infomedia18.in Bengaluru (Mahadev B): Tel: 080-30010900 Fax: 080-30010999 sipd.bang@infomedia18.in Chennai (Hari): Tel: 044-39864200 Fax: 044-39864250 sipd.chennai@infomedia18.in Cochin (Robin): Tel: 0484-4054380 Fax: 0484-4054370 kochi@infomedia18.in Coimbatore (Prakash): Tel: 0422-3092600 Fax: 0422-3092666 coimbatore@infomedia18.in Hyderabad (Kalyan): Tel: 040-30647600 Fax: 040-30647676 sipd.hyderabad@infomedia18.in Indore (Ameya): Tel: 0731-3074876 Fax: 0731-3074882 sipd.indore@infomedia18.in Jaipur (Durgesh): Tel: 0141- 3007414 Fax: 0141-2213728 sipd.rajasthan@infomedia18.in Kolkata (Deb Ranjan): Tel: 033-2265 8637 Fax: 033-2265 2964 sipd.kol@infomedia18.in Ludhiana (Jasmeet): Tel: 0161-3026198 Fax: 0161-3026198 ludhiana@infomedia18.in Mumbai (Rahul): Tel: 022-30034640 Fax: 022-30034499 searchmktg@infomedia18.in New Delhi (Mukesh/Surendra): Tel: 011-66303278 Fax: 011-23327884 sipd.delhi@infomedia18.in Pune (Rohit): Tel: 020-33223309 Fax: 020-66010486 sipd.pune@infomedia18.in Surat (Sunil): Tel: 0261-3916671 Fax: 0261-2630974 surat@infomedia18.in Vadodara (Samarth): Tel: 0265-3926500 Fax: 0265-2356013 vadodara@infomedia18.in
CIRCULATION/SUBSCRIPTION Sunil Nair, Distribution Head sunil.nair@network18online.com / customercare@infomedia18.in
OVERSEAS CONTACT Ringier Trade Media Ltd
CHINA: 1001 Tower 3, Donghai Plaza, 1486 Nanjing Road, West, Shanghai 200040, China Tel: +86-21 6289 – 5533 Ext. 368, Fax: +86-21 6247 – 4855 (Craig Shibinsky) Email: craig@ringier.com.hk HONG KONG: Unit 401-5, 4/F, New Victory House, 93-103 Wing Lok Street, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong Tel: +852 2369 – 8788 Ext. 21, Fax: +852 2869 – 5919 (Octavia Au-Yeung) Email: octavia@ringier.com.hk TAIWAN: Room 3, Fl. 12, No. 303, Chung Ming S. Rd., Taichung, Taiwan Tel: +886-4 2329 – 7318 Ext. 16, Fax: +886-4 2310 – 7167 (Sydney La) Email: sydneylai@ringier.com.hk
REWINDING THE DEMANDING YEAR he definitive decade that was 2001-10 was quite a decisive one and one full of upheavals. It was all about the cheer and the fear, the ecstasy and the agony, the after taste which still lingers. The churn that was the last decade has also chiseled some great practices, policies and people… the decade that we are embarking upon and the year itself, will demand new leaders, fresh ideas and liberating policies. But more importantly, we need to leverage on the learnings from the past and build a hope called India, ultimately showcasing its manufacturing might. A hope and promise to make India the global manufacturing hub, a giant of an economy, a preferred investment destination, is a shared dream, and a shared responsibility as well, among the whole value chain. It incidentally was a dream of the last decade, a reality we must make in this decade that we are living, it is just like a promise that we must keep to retain everybody’s faith who believes that India’s potential is still not well understood. India is a country with contradictions, our growth story remains shaky, but sturdy… quite a contrast we must agree. Shaky, because we are still several notches away from the expected standards, be it infrastructure, quality, standards and policies among others. Then again, the heat of the unbridled optimism is cooling under the winter chill as some of the economists are revising India’s growth forecasts downward and inflation forecast upward. A sign of worry… But the ever optimist Indian would argue and we will agree that 2010 will go down in the history of Indian markets as a year that witnessed the revival of government divestment process with the Coal India IPO emerging to be the jewel in the crown. It was also the year when India stood out as one of the favourite emerging markets among foreign investors. The year also witnessed the Sensex rising to beyond the historic high of 21,000 marks on Diwali Day, skyrocketing our hopes, aspirations and belief in India’s growth story. The manufacturing output growth rate was supported by increases in consumer durables, capital goods and intermediate goods production in FY10. The strong performance of the manufacturing sector could partly be attributed to the base effect. During FY11 (up to August 2010), capital goods and consumer durables continued to record a high growth rate. The overall state of the economy for FY11 is positive in all respects, especially when juxtaposed with FY10. As we build hope and fortunes, here’s wishing each one of our readers a very fruitful year, a year which is full of positive competitiveness and unparallel returns. The Best of 2010 is dedicated to the decisive decade, as the year becomes one of the stepping stones to success.
T
Archana Tiwari-Nayudu archana.nayudu@infomedia18.in
• Monthly Issue Price: `100 • Annual Subscription: `799
Printed by Mohan Gajria and published & edited by Lakshmi Narasimhan on behalf of Infomedia 18 Limited and printed at Infomedia 18 Ltd, Plot no.3, Sector 7, off Sion-Panvel Road, Nerul, Navi Mumbai 400 706, and published at Infomedia 18 Ltd, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J. K. Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028. SEARCH - The Industrial Sourcebook is registered with the Registrar of Newspapers of India under No. 67827/98. Views and opinions expressed in this publication are not necessarily those of Infomedia 18 Limited. Infomedia 18 Limited reserves the right to use the information published herein in any manner whatsoever. While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy of the information published in this edition, neither Infomedia 18 Ltd nor any of its employees accept any responsibility for any errors or omission. Further, Infomedia 18 Ltd does not take any responsibility for loss or damage incurred or suffered by any subscriber of this magazine as a result of his/her accepting any invitation/offer published in this edition. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
23
CONTENTS EXTREME ENGINEERING
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
| Pg 70
Mission Possible This rumbling had a silencing effect. As the gigantic Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle-C15 lifted off making heart stopping roaring sound, fogged by the cloudy emission, it did silence many doubting heads. It also cleared the fog of doubt about India’s capability to make the PSLV-C15 a mission possible, paving the way for India’s manned mission to space. Overcoming technological challenges and adding many firsts to its credit, managing this complex mega project is a case study in itself. It is also every engineer’s dream to be part of this exhilarating journey. Here is the first-hand account of the project, problems and the ultimate pride…
BEST OF 2010 23
EDITORIAL
VIEW FROM THE TOP
Rewinding The Demanding Year
36
NATIONAL NEWS
Pg 49
Latest In The Indian Manufacturing
44
WORLD NEWS Snapshot Of Latest Global Happenings In The Manufacturing Domain
EXTREME MINING 62
National Aluminium Company Taking The Path Less Trodden
TECHNOLOGY TRENDS 80
Manufacturing Enterprise Landscape Transformation ‘Melting’ Barriers, Harmonising Business Processes
APPLICATION ZONE 88
Mechatronic Systems Smart Solutions To Complex Problems
‘We Should Set Our Sights On Achieving A Robust Aerospace Industry’ HEMANT LUTHRA, President – Systech Sector, Mahindra & Mahindra
24
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
CONTENTS SPECIAL IN THIS ISSUE INDUSTRY UPDATE - STEEL
54
Challenges & Opportunities Mission 200 Million Tonne By 2020
EQUIPMENT BUYING GUIDE 94
Engineering Expo Pune 2010 Creating A Perfect Trade Ecosystem
136
Hannover Milano Fairs India 2010 A Realm Of Global Competitiveness
140
Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010 Taking The Triumph Forward
144
Engineering Expo Indore 2011 Echoing Success
SMART STRATEGIES
148
Bottom Of Economic Pyramid Innovation Eyes Inclusive Capitalism
F&S Environment Excellence Awards Reaping Benefits Of Growing Green Opportunities
152
F&S Manufacturing Summit 2010 Navigating Towards Operational Excellence
DESIGN INNOVATION 98
106
REPORT 132
Used Machinery Ensuring BIG Savings
Growth Imperatives Breakthrough Strategies By Design
FACTORY FUNDAMENTALS 114
122
Asset Management: I0 Simple Steps Sprucing Up Assets Before Demand Rebounds
Environmental Management Churning Assets From Waste
SME ADVANTAGE 128
Strategic Thinking Nurturing Right Talent For Scaling-up Business
PRODUCT UPDATE 154
General Products Rolling Out The Best-in-class
224
International Products Showcasing Product In A Global Arena
234
244 86 112
PREVIEW HiTech Manufacturing Show Growth Stays Constant Engineering Expo Chennai 2011 Tracking Impending Opportunities
PRODUCT UPDATE
26
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
PRODUCT INDEX Alphabetical Listing Of Products Presented In The Issue
ADVERTISERS’ LIST Advertisers’ List In Chronological Order
NATIONAL NEWS
‘Private sector must play vital role in T&D’ he Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC) wants the private sector to play an increasingly important role in strengthening the power transmission sector. This is similar to the existing trend in the power generation sector. “There is tremendous scope for augmenting the c o u n t r y ’ s transmission &
T
FDI Equity Inflows (Month-wise) During The Financial Year 2010-11: Financial Year 2010-11 (April-March)
Amount of FDI inflows* (In Rs. (In US$ crore) mn) 9,697 2,179 10,135 2,213 6,429 1,380 8,359 1,785 6,196 1,330 9,754 2,118 6,185 1,392 56,755 12,397 85,077 17,604 ( - ) 33 % ( - ) 30 %
April 2010 May 2010 June 2010 July 2010 August 2010 September 2010 October 2010 2010-11 (up to October 2010) # 2009-10 (up to October 2009) %age growth over last year
Sectors Attracting Highest FDI Equity Inflows: Amount Rupees in crores (US$ in million)
Sector Services Sector Computer Software & Hardware Telecommunications Housing & Real Estate Construction Activities Power Automobile Industry Metallurgical Industries Petroleum & Natural Gas Chemicals
2010-11 % age to total (AprilInflows (In October) terms of US $) 9,933 21 % 2,524 9% 4,824 3,294 3,239 4,482 1,964 4,220 2,421 949
8% 7% 7% 5% 4% 3% 3% 2%
Note: Cumulative Sector- wise FDI equity inflows (from April 2000 to October 2010) Annex-‘B’.
Share Of Top Investing Countries FDI Equity Inflows:
distribution sector and the private sector must play an important role in this direction,” said CERC Chairman Pramod Deo. The regulator is currently in the process of awarding three major transmission projects to enhance the reach capacity and stability of the national power transmission grid in the Western and Northern regions. “We have recently identified
three projects worth $2 billion for private sector participation,” Deo added. The regulator had previously awarded three projects to ensure seamless transmission of power covering the Eastern and North Eastern regions. Two of the projects are being commissioned by Reliance Transmission and one by Sterlite Technologies. Deo has also expressed concern over the huge ‘regulatory assets’ (claims for tariff hike accepted by the State regulator but not allowed to realise) created by distribution utilities in the country.
Rubber imports double to ` 2,000 crore in April-October ubber imports have doubled to over ` 2,000 crore in April-October 2010 and, along with a surge in other sensitive items including automobiles, edible oils and milk, led to a 14.1 per cent rise in import of such products during the same period to ` 40,499 crore. With domestic supplies not meeting the demands, rubber imports have risen 93.1 per cent to ` 2,026.84 crore from ` 1,049.6 crore during April-
R
October 2009, according to data released by the Commerce and Industry Ministry. Currently, domestic rubber prices are about ` 210-215 a kg, whereas international prices are about ` 240 a kg. Last month, to increase domestic availability of the item and check rising prices, the government had cut import duty on natural rubber to 7.5 per cent from 20 per cent for shipments up to 40,000 tonne till March 31, 2011. After that date, the duty will be reinstated at whichever
is the lower of 20 per cent or ` 20 a kg. Automobile imports also saw a 114.3 per cent jump to ` 1,249.92 crore during the period, while that of parts and accessories of motor vehicles rose 30.1 per cent to ` 8,607 crore. Imports of sensitive products from Indonesia, China, Argentina, Korea, Malaysia, the US, Germany, Ukraine, Thailand, Australia, Cote D’ Ivoire, the UK, Czech Republic, Vietnam and New Zealand have gone up.
Amount Rupees in crores (US$ in million)
Country
2010-11 (April- October)
%age to total Inflows (in terms of US $) Share Countries FDI42 % MauritiusOf Top Investing 20,523 Equity Inflows: (Financial years): Singapore 5,815 9% Amount Rupees in crores (US$ in million) U.S.A. 4,168 7% U.K. 1,571 5% Netherlands 3,488 4% Cyprus 1,956 4% Japan 2,652 4% Germany 380 2% France 1,485 2% U.A.E. 1,233 1% Total FDI 56,755 Inflows * Note: (i) *(i) *Includes inflows under NRI Schemes of RBI. (ii) Cumulative country-wise FDI equity inflows (from April 2000 to October 2010) – Annex-‘A’. (iii) %age worked out in US $ terms & FDI inflows received through FIPB/SIA+ RBI’s Automatic Route+ acquisition of existing shares only. Source: Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India
36
ONGC drills country’s first shale gas well merican oilfield pilot project underway at West establish the possibilities of service provider Bengal and Jharkhand. With producing shale gas in India. Shale gas accounts for 21 Schlumberger has growing demand for energy, per cent of US’ total gas executed ONGC companies are looking at shale production. Now India is also contract for drilling country’s gas. “Recently, we completed exploring possibilities of first shale gas well in Damodar the drilling of the first well producing shale gas and ONGC Valley. The Houston-based within 40 days and data are is investing ` 120 crore for the company’s Asian arm drilled being studied at our lab in the the well and submitted US. The pilot project has its report to the Central Schlumberger will drill three more seven stages and plans to Government company wells subsequently to establish the drill three more wells for in January. Schlumberger evaluation,” said Anil possibilities of producing shale gas Swani, VP, Schlumberger will drill three more in India. wells subsequently to Asia Services.
A
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
NATIONAL NEWS
EVENTS
In India
CHENNAI Tamil Nadu March 11-13, 2011 Chennai Trade Centre
PUNE Maharashtra October 14-17, 2011 Auto Cluster Exhibition Ctr, Pimpri
AHMEDABAD Gujarat November, 2011 Gujarat University Exhibition Hall
INDORE Madhya Pradesh January, 2012 Poddar Plaza, Nr Gandhi Hall
India’s premier industrial trade fair on products and technologies from machine tools, hydraulics & pneumatics, process machinery & eqpt, automation instrumentation, packaging & auxiliaries, IT products, electrical & electronics, material handling, safety eqpt. For further details contact: Tel: 022 30034651 Fax: 022 30034499 Email: engexpo@infomedia18.in Web: www.engg-expo.com
AERO INDIA 2011 Focus: Aerospace and aviation When: February 9-13, 2011 Where: Air Force Station Yelahanka, Bengaluru, Karnataka Tel: 011 24622228, 24629994 E-mail : marketing@aeroindia.in Web: www.aeroindia.in SME INDIA OUTLOOK 2011 Focus: IT & automation solutions for SMEs When: February 10, 2011 Where: Novotel, Juhu, Mumbai Tel: 022 42081731 Fax: 022 24081709 Mobile: 09930935112 Email: mradul@inkbusinessmedia.com
38
‘India’s growth helps global economic recovery’ escribing India as a global player and rising economic power, World Bank President Robert Zoellick has said the high level of growth in the country is helping the international economy recover from the crippling effects of recent financial turmoil. “India’s return to high levels of growth is helping the global economy recover from the crisis,” said Zoellick. India, he further said, “is a player on the global stage. The country’s status as a rising
D
economic power is closely connected with how it manages this next phase of growth, balancing rapid development with the environment and most importantly, the need to ensure all people have opportunity.” Having witnessed a slowdown in growth in the wake of the global financial crisis, India’s growth rate picked up to 7.4 per cent in 2009-10 from 6.7 per cent a year ago. The economy expanded by 8.9 per cent in the first half of
the current fiscal, making India one of the fastest growing economies in the world. According to the International Monetary Fund’s projections, the Indian economy is expected to record a growth rate of 8.8 per cent in 2010-11. The World Bank Group significantly boosted the support extended to India last year to help offset the impact of the global financial crisis. The Bank Group committed a record US$11.1 billion to India during 2009-10.
Suzlon to develop 1,000 MW wind power in Gujarat uzlon Group signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the Government of Gujarat to develop 1,000 megawatt (MW) of new wind power capacity in the state over the next three years. The MoU covers the development of new capacity in windfarms across the state, with development planned in the districts of Saurashtra, Kutch and other parts of Gujarat. The MoU was signed under the auspices of the fifth biennial Vibrant Gujarat conference. Suzlon Group has actively participated in Vibrant Gujarat,
S
since its inception in 2003. Over the past five conferences, Suzlon has signed six MoUs with the Government of Gujarat, committing over ` 14,000 crore for the development of wind farm projects, R&D centers, manufacturing facilities and in a Special Economic Zone (SEZ).
Tulsi R Tanti, founder & CMD, Suzlon Group, said, “We are pleased to sign this MoU with the Government of Gujarat. This not only reinforces Gujarat’s position as one of India’s leading industrial states, but as a visionary leader embracing progressive policies emphasising clean, sustainable development to power a low-carbon economy. This MoU opens up the Gujarat market as an attractive destination for investors in India and around the world, and could drive over ` 6,000 crore in new investments into the state.”
Sandvik’s new technology to boost India’s power sector andvik Materials Hakan Kingstedt, MD & product demand. As the Indian Technology, one of President, Sandvik Asia said, economy continues its fast the key division’s of “India is fast growing, and it has paced growth at around 9 per S w e d i s h already emerged as a leading cent, demand for power will engineering group, Sandvik, economy globally. This has led see an exponential rise. New recently announced the launch to new service potential and technology will play a significant of new boiler technology role in meeting the With the launch of new boiler challenges of energy for power plants. With this launch, Sandvik technology for power plants, Sandvik sector. This is Sandvik’s becomes the first becomes the first company to bring long-term strategic move company to bring value based on high R&D inputs, value added special boiler tubing which added special boiler will drive to India. tubing to India. technological changes.”
S
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
NATIONAL NEWS
EVENTS
In India
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY FAIR (IETF) Focus: Solid waste management, water purification, stainless steel, welding, eco-products, auto parts, etc. When: February 10 – 12, 2011 Where: Pragati Maidan, New Delhi Tel: 0124 4014060 - 67 Fax: 0124 4014080 & 4014057 Email: roy.jacob@cii.in Website: www.ietfindia.in RENEWTECH INDIA 2011 Focus: Renewable Energy and Emerging Technologies When: February 17-19, 2011 Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, Goregaon (E), Mumbai Tel: 022 26605550 Fax: 022 26603992 / 93 E-mail: sales@renewtechindia.com Web: www.renewtechindia.com DIEMOULD INDIA 2011 Focus: Dies & moulds, press tools When: April 7 – 10, 2011 Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 28526876 / 28508976 Fax: 022 28503273 E-mail: mumbai@tagmaindia.org Website: www.tagmaindia.org BLECH INDIA 2011 Focus: Sheetmetal working, automation & robotics When: April 14 – 17, 2011 Where: Mumbai Tel: 0124 4524200 Fax: 0124 4524234 Email: blech.india@interads.in Web: www.blechindia.com FASTENER FAIR INDIA 2011 Focus: Fastener and Fixing Technologies. When: April 16 – 17, 2011 Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, Mumbai Tel: 0124 4524200 Fax: 0124 4524227 Email: fastenerfair.india@interads.in Website: www.fastenerfair.com
40
` 20.83-lakh-cr MoUs signed at Vibrant Gujarat he two-day Vibrant Gujarat Global Investors Summit 2011 concluded recently with investment commitments of ` 20.83 lakh crore ($450 billion) committed. The investment pledged by national and international corporate giants this year is far higher than the ` 12.37 lakh crore in Summit 2009. As per the official figures, 7,936 memorandums of understanding (MoUs) were signed during the mega event. “The investment pledged will provide employment to 52
T
lakh people,” said Hon’ble chief minister Narendra Modi at the valedictory session. During the summit, Modi had one-to-one meetings with 650 delegates from 43 countries. As many as 1,400 foreign delegates from 101 nations participated this year. The urban development sector was the biggest gainer this time, with investment commitment of ` 2,26,274 crore. Some major projects include Essel Infraproject’s ` 5,200 crore solid waste management & sewage treatment projects and L&T infrastructure
development’s ` 5000-crore Ahmedabad monorail project. Additionally, the ports and ship building sector witnessed major investments to the tune of ` 1 lakh crore, with as many as 97 MoUs. Adani HPPL pledged ` 8,000 crore to develop a bulk-general cargo terminal at Hazira. The Essar Group signed two MoUs, involving a total investment of around ` 8,100 crore under its group company, Essar Bulk Terminals, for expansion of the deep water terminal at Hazira and extension of the company’s Salaya jetty.
COSMOS develops first creep-feed with profile grinding machine in India reep-feed grinding represents the most revolutionary invention in the grinding sector, which has been developed by COSMOS with profile grinding. Creep-feed grinding is a profile grinding method involving deep depth of cut. This method provides higher performance levels than possible with conventional grinding as a result of larger wheel contact arc and an appropriate machine concept.
C
Simple creep-feed has long since become a thing of the past. 500mm/min, for a long time considered as the sound barrier has long since been exceeded. Since those days, the field of application has been
extended in many directions. Depending on the machine design, creep-feed grinding is now accomplished within any axis of movement or combination thereof. All models have been designed with the production environment in mind and feature ultra-rigid polymer concrete or mehanite grade cast iron machine beds giving a small footprint, traditional CNC or Touch screen control options and fully enclosed guarding.
Government releases first defence production policy he Central government will give integrate perspective plan. Government preference to indigenous Also, all viable approaches such released the design development and as formation of consortium, defence production manufacture of defence joint ventures and publicpolicy for the first time recently, equipment The policy will private partnerships will be intended to create an ecodesign and integrate platform suitably explored. The ‘make’ category of the system, which is conducive for systems within the country in defence procurement private defence industry in the line with the sector’s long-term procedure 2011 will be country particularly for the small and marginal The government will also set up simplified in such a manner enterprises. It is an a separate fund to provide for that it enables both public and private industry to attempt to promote necessary resources to public and meet defence requirement reliance in the defence private sectors including SMEs. as fast as possible. sector and the
T
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
NATIONAL NEWS
EVENTS
In India
AUTOMATION EXPO 2011 Focus: Indsutrial automation, factory automation, robotics, instrumentation, sensors, etc. When: April 21 – 23, 2011 Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai, India Tel: 022 28803977 Fax: 022 28819008 E-mail: intelexpo@vsnl.net Website: www.automationexpo.in RENEWABLE ENERGY WORLD CONFERENCE & EXPO- INDIA 2011 Focus: Renewable energy When: May 05 - 07, 2011 Where: Pragati Maidan, New Delhi Tel :- 0124 4524205 / 4524200 Fax: 0124 4381162 E-mail: thakurjapesh@interadsindia.com Web: www.renewableenergyworldindia.com INTERMACHINERY INDIA Focus: Machinery & equipment When: June 09-11, 2011 Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, Mumbai Tel: 022 40376700 Fax: 022 24962297 Email: info@worldexindia.com Website: www.worldexindia.com AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING SHOW Focus: Automotive manufacturing technologies When: June 10-12, 2011 Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 32019137 E-mail: info@focussedevents.com Web: www.focussedevents.com METEX INDIA 2011 Focus: Metal and metallurgical equipment, technologies and supplies When: September 22 – 24, 2011 Where: KTPO Trade Centre, Bengaluru Tel: 022 42107804 Fax: 022 40034433 Email: n.seth@koelnmesse-india.com Website: www.metex-india.com
42
Eaton delivers hybrid power systems for buses in India ybrid power s y s t e m s manufacturer Eaton Corporation has introduced its hybrid electric system into the Indian city bus market with debut on the Tata Motors electric hybrid Starbuses. Eaton has also begun offering a complete line of electric vehicle charging systems to further reduce fuel consumption & harmful emissions. “Eaton is well positioned to deliver effective power management technologies that
H
The hybrid system combines a 5.9 litre Cummins CNG engine rated at 172 kilowatt (230HP) with an electric motor having a peak power output of 44 kilowatt. help our customers control costs and reduce their energy requirements. Hybrid-powered buses have the potential to impact environmental sustainability in a very big way.
Tata is an innovative leader in the Indian bus market and is making important progress in reducing energy use and greenhouse gas emissions,” said Krishnakumar Srinivasan, MD, Eaton Truck Division, India. Eaton worked with Tata to specially design the system for buses that run on compressed natural gas (CNG). The hybrid system combines a 5.9 litre Cummins CNG engine rated at 172 kilowatt (230HP) with an electric motor having a peak power output of 44 kilowatt.
Kobe Steel’s multi-pronged strategy for Indian market obe Steel’s decision to set up a greenfield plant in joint venture with Essar Steel is part of a larger multi-pronged strategy by the Japanese steelmaker to gain a foothold in India’s growing steel market. While Kobe is eyeing a significant presence in automotive steel, the company is also pursuing possible joint ventures with SAIL and NMDC that will ensure its presence at the cutting-edge of new generation, iron-making techniques that could be up to 15-20 per cent more cost effective than present ones. Thus, one part of Kobe’s
K
strategy to make steel sheets used for making cars, is similar to what Sumitomo Industries, JFE Corp or Nippon Steel plan to do with Indian partners like Bhushan Steel, JSW Steel and Tata Steel respectively, gain a share of the rapidly growing automotive steels market by having a manufacturing presence here. As Malay Mukherjee, CEO, Essar Steel Business
Group, said, “The auto industry is expected to be a major driver for steel demand in the country in the years to come. This MoU will further strengthen Essar Steel’s product portfolio to enable it to produce steel for high-end applications in the auto segment.” However, what makes Kobe’s strategy different from the other Japanese steel companies and even the likes of other global steel majors like ArcelorMittal or Posco, is that it is looking beyond high-value steel products at alliances that could adopt and make use of alternative iron-making technologies developed and owned by it.
INK Business Media to organise ‘SME India Outlook 2011’ n h a n c i n g productivity has always been the prime concern for SMEs. In this backdrop, INK Business Media will hold ‘SME India Outlook 2011’. The theme for the conference to be held on February 10, 2011, will be ‘Capitalising IT & automation for manufacturing excellence’. The target sectors for the
E
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
summit include chemicals & process equipment, food processing, pharmaceuticals, plastics & packaging, engineered products, etc. The conference aims to provide delegates a unique opportunity to get updated on the latest technologies in IT & automation. The conference will provide attendees an opportunity to meet the stalwarts from the IT
& automation industry as well as network with 200+ decision makers, funding agencies, banks and venture capital firms in the SME sector. It will not only give them first-hand information on customised programmes, specifically designed for SMEs but also give them a peek into the right business mantras implemented by those who have been there and done that.
WORLD NEWS
EVENTS
Abroad
GREEN MANUFACTURING EXPO 2011 Focus: Equipment & machinery When: March 16 -17, 2011 Where: Orange County Convention Center, Orlando, Florida, US Tel:+1 310 9969413 Fax:+1 310 9969499 E-mail: greenmfginfo@ubm.com Web: www.greenmfgexpo.com PROMAT 2011 Focus: Material handling & logistics When: March 21- 24, 2011 Where: McCormick Place South, Chicago, IL, US Tel: 800-345-1815 Fax: 704-676-1199
China – World’s biggest car producer & market for 2nd year hina, where China’s stable economic buying cars as a measure to gridlocks in cities growth, car consumption ease recurring gridlocks. have become a policies and its accelerated Beijing, which already has major source of industrialisation & urbanisation. about 5.10 million cars, public concern, continues to China overtook the US in restricted new car sales to 2.40 be the world’s biggest car 2009 for the first time to lakh per year. Shanghai also has producer and market for the become the world’s largest a similar policy. Around second year, as its auto sales hit auto market by selling 13.65 2,15,425 people applied for 18.06 million last year, million vehicles, up 46 per cent car purchase licences in Beijing registering a 32.37 per in January, but only cent increase. China’s 20,000 will be issued car output topped 18.26 China overtook the US in 2009 for one through a monthly million last year, an the first time to become the world’s lottery. Beijing’s annual increase of 32.44 largest auto market by selling 13.65 measures to tame traffic per cent, Zhu Yiping, jams would not affect car million vehicles, up 46 per cent y-o-y. sales as the city Associate SecretaryGeneral China accounted for a fraction Association of Automobile year-on-year, while production of the country’s annual sales, Manufacturers (CAAM) said jumped 48 per cent to 13.79 said Xiong Chuanlin, Deputy recently. million. But the Chinese were Secretary-General, CAAM. According to Gu Xianghua, in no mood to celebrate their But Dong Yang, deputy director Deputy Secretary-General, high rating in car sales as Beijing of the CAAM said that other CAAM, the sales record last and Shanghai have already cities could follow suit by year was achieved because of imposed heavy restrictions on limiting car purchases.
C
E-mail: tcarbott@mhia.org Web: www. promatshow.com
Brazil’s industrial output slips as cheap imports push up stocks
IFPE 2011
fter reporting two months of growth in 2010, Brazil’s factory output slackened marginally in November due to cheap imports, which led to a build-up of inventories in some industries. Factories produced 0.1 per cent less in November as compared to October 2010, Brazilian Census Bureau recently stated. The lower figure could ease some pressure on Brazil’s Central Bank to raise
Focus: Fluid power, motion control, power transmission When: March 22 - 26, 2011 Where: Las Vegas Convention Centre, Las Vegas, NV, US Tel: +1 414 2984167 Fax: +1 414 2722672 E-mail: international@ifpe.com Web: www.ifpe.com HANNOVER MESSE 2011
A
interest rates sharply, but will stoke fears about the harm to the industry caused by the strength of the Brazilian currency – Real. Andre Luiz Macedo, the Industry Manager of the
Brazilian Census Bureau, said, “Industrial production has been stable for four months. Inventories are the highest in home appliances, but imports have also affected the metals, shoe and textile sectors.” Real is close to two-year highs against the dollar, and analysts say that its strength is undermining competitiveness of the local production. Underlying demand in Brazil’s economy continued to grow, they added.
Focus: Industrial automation, motion, drive & automation, energy, power plant technology, etc. When: April 4-8, 2011 Where: Hannover, Germany Tel: +49 511 890 Fax: +49 511 8932626 E-mail: info@messe.de Web: www.hannovermesse.de
44
‘China slated to be largest trading partner for the US’ S Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner has claimed that China is expected to be the US’ largest trading partner 10 years down the line, adding that the US is benefitting because of the economic ties between the two nations. “It is very
U
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
important to understand that this is a relationship with very substantial economic benefits to the US,” Xinhua quoted Geithner as saying. He also said that in 2010, American exports to China exceeded the $100-billion mark. “They are growing at about twice the pace of our exports to the rest
of the world. This means that our exports to China will double in the next 4-5 years, which in turn means that China is likely to become our largest trading partner in roughly 10 years from today,” he added. Currently, both the countries are each other’s second largest trading partners.
WORLD NEWS
EVENTS
Abroad
SHEETMETAL ASIA 2011 Focus: Sheetmetal fabrication technology & machinery When: May 19-22, 2011 Where: Bangkok International Trade Exhibition & Convention Centre (BITEC), Thailand Tel: +660 2642 6911 Fax: +660 2642 7433 E-mail: intermach@intermachshow.com Web: www.intermachshow.com ATLANTIC DESIGN & MANUFACTURING 2011 Focus: Industrial design, rapid prototyping, engineering When: June 07-09, 2011 Where: Jacob K Javits Convention Center, NY Tel:+1 310 4454200 Fax:+1 310 9969499 E-mail: adminfo@cancom.com Web: www.canontradeshows.com MANUFACTURING EXPO 2011 Focus: Machinery & processing technology When: June 23-26, 2011 Where: BITEC, Bangkok, Thailand Tel: +66 26867207 Fax: +66 26867208 E-mail: assemblytech@reedtradex.co.th Web: www.manufacturing-expo.com CANADIAN MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY SHOW 2011 Focus: Machine tools, automation technologies When: October 17-20, 2011 Where: Direct Energy Centre, Toronto, Canada Tel:+(1)-(313)-4253000 Fax:+(1)-(313)-4253400 E-mail: exposales@sme.org Web: www.sme.org
46
India, South Korea set to expand existing trade pact ndia and South Korea are set to expand their year-old bilateral trade pact at a time when India has concluded talks for a more ambitious agreement with Japan. “Both the countries will set up a joint committee, which will review the existing bilateral trade arrangement and work to further expand the level of liberalisation,” said a commerce ministry official. Both the countries have signed a comprehensive economic partnership agreement in August 2009 that came into effect in January 2010. The treaty includes trade in goods & services as well as
I
investments. It also deals with competition and Intellectual Property Rights. India is also the only country to obtain a commitment for temporary migration of professional workers from South Korea under the World Trade Organization rules. Though India and South Korea are the 3rd and 4th largest economies in Asia, bilateral
trade between them is only $12 billion in comparison with $42.5 billion trade between India and China in 2009-10. South Korea, India’s 11th largest trading partner, is the second country after Singapore with which India has signed such a treaty. This agreement covers more than 85 per cent of India’s trade. A similar bilateral pact with Japan, talks for which have concluded, is more ambitious, covering 9095 per cent of traded goods. According to the official, India’s trade with South Korea grew 40 per cent up to October in 2010 compared with 31 per cent contraction during JanuaryOctober 2009.
Mitsubishi Motors to target Brazil & India itsubishi Motors will streamline production in Japan, the US and Europe while increasing output in emerging markets, including Brazil and India, a recent report revealed. By redistributing resources, the automaker aims to lift global production to 1.5 million units. In the US, Japan’s fourth-largest automaker will stop production of three models designed only
M
for the North American market, such as the Eclipse (now manufactured at a plant in Illinois). But the company will increase output of such models as the Outlander sports utility vehicle can be sold in other foreign markets. In Europe, it will stop production of the Colt subcompact model next year, while the firm also plans to reduce or freeze production of certain models at Japanese
plants. Meanwhile, the Japanese automaker will invest in Brazil to boost local production, while preparing to start output from India by investing in a local partner. It is also exploring a joint venture in India with France’s PSA Peugeot Citroen. Mitsubishi Motors aims to manufacture low-priced vehicles based on minicars jointly developed with Nissan Motor Co.
‘Global economy to grow 3.3 per cent in 2011’ he global economy is expected to grow 3.3 per cent in 2011 and 3.6 per cent in 2012, according to a report released by World Bank. According to ‘The Global Economic Prospects 2010’ report, developing countries are expected to grow six per cent in 2011 and 6.1 per cent in 2012. “They will continue to outstrip growth in high-income countries, which is projected at
T
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
The Global Economic Prospects 2010 report predicts that China’s economy is to grow 8.0 per cent this year and 7.8 per cent in 2012. 2.8 per cent in 2010, 2.4 per cent in 2011 and 2.7 per cent in 2012,” quoted Justin Yifu Lin, Chief Economist & Senior VP – Development Economics,
World Bank. “The world economy is entering into a new phase of recovery,” he added. The report also predicts that China’s economy is to grow 8.0 per cent this year and 7.8 per cent in 2012. “For China, domestic demand contributed some 7.8 percentage points to the overall growth of 10 per cent in 2010, with net trade contributing the remainder,” the annual report said.
Pg No. 47 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Lapp India SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Lapp India
Pg No. 47
SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: BOGE Pg No. 48 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: BOGE
Pg No. 48
PRESIDENT- SYSTECH SECTOR, MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA
WE SHOULD SET OUR SIGHTS ON ACHIEVING A
ROBUST AEROSPACE INDUSTRY “As an industry, we are gaining maturity with better understanding of how to be cost-competitive and yet meet the quality demands on the global stage,” opines Hemant Luthra, President- Systech Sector, Mahindra & Mahindra, in an exclusive interview with Sudhir Muddana. Muddana. Excerpts…
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
49
PRESIDENT- SYSTECH SECTOR, MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA
I
NDIAN AEROSPACE INDUSTRY ON AN UPWARD GRAPH
Historically, the Indian aerospace components manufacturing industry has been largely inwardly focussed, ie, the emphasis has been on domestic consumption. However, over the past few years, the focus has shifted and some private sector companies are already addressing the needs of international customers. The industry, on the whole, is gaining maturity with better understanding of how to be cost-competitive and yet meet the quality demands on the global stage. I believe the journey has barely started, and the industry will certainly witness rapid growth with larger workforce migrating into India in the years to come.
M&M’s VENTURE INTO THE LUCRATIVE SPACE Mahindra & Mahindra (M&M) identified aerospace as a focus area a few years ago. Subsequently, Plexion was acquired, followed by our first experience of both, engineering and manufacturing outsourcing (ESO and MSO). We have tweaked aircraft and helicopter designs for our clients and built, fabricated & exported 24 planes for some others. Therefore, besides the proven technical credibility, the unmatched Mahindra commitment and engineering DNA drives our foray into the aerospace business. These capabilities have been refined by the Australian acquisitions and allow us to pursue our growth strategy in all three verticals – design, aerostructures, and general aviation aircraft. Our plans will maximise the synergies between these areas of our interest. By building a strong and robust design-to-build capability in aerostructures, we will provide the global aerospace industry maximum value as they restructure and reshape their supply chains. We are investing more than Rs 400 crore into our aerospace business. By channelling the best of our corporate ethos, we are committed to providing quality, timeliness and cost-competitiveness in every initiative of ours. On the aerostructures side, we will offer our customers the flexibility of partnering with us across the value chain from fundamental design activities through manufacturing comprehensive structural assemblies. On the aircraft side, we will build upon the accomplishments of Gipps Aero, which is already selling and supporting aircraft across the globe.
OVERCOMING CHALLENGES One of the fundamental challenges in the field of aerostructure manufacturing is that it depends on materials imported from abroad to a great extent. This introduces time and cost challenges when it comes to making India a part of the global supply chain. In order to overcome these geographic disadvantages, we would look up to the government to extend its support to this industry through far-sighted infrastructure and taxation plans. Another challenge lies in deploying the trained resources that this industry demands. Again, specialised training schools would be an area where the government could provide significant boost.
INDIAN R&D FACILITIES TO SUPPORT AEROSPACE COMPONENTS MANUFACTURING India has excellent aerospace R&D capabilities in the form of several laboratories working on various high-technology areas. The challenge for the industry will be to harness that knowledge and build sound business models around it. We believe one approach is to build
50
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
relationships with the Tier 1 suppliers and other major players in the global aerospace and with the OEMs to chalk out future programmes for speeding up the deployment of the right technologies at the right time.
INDUSTRY POTENTIAL FOR SMEs We need to co-operate within the industry to build a common aerospace ecosystem as there is certainly enough opportunity in the marketplace to support that notion. SMEs can perform a critical role in this activity – there are numerous specialised activities within the component manufacturing lifecycle that could be perfect entry-points, so that we domestically build a strong industrial base spanning from making parts to large-scale integration activities.
GOVERNMENT POLICIES IN SUPPORT OF AEROSPACE Clearly the Defence Offset Policy is a huge enabler and the Government of India has significantly provided a growth momentum to the domestic industry by developing this policy, as well as proactively improving it based on the feedback from domestic and international players. As mentioned, we are honing our competitive edge in the non-offset business, and the government can help us overcome the logistics challenges through forward-looking support in infrastructure development, resource training and taxation structures.
INDIAN COMPANIES TO TAKE OFF TO THE NEXT PHASE OF GROWTH In our assessment, the developed markets will continue to be major consumers of aerospace goods & services in the near future, although future growth may be driven by BRIC and other developing economies. Unlike some of the other developing economies, we are still lagging behind in aviation infrastructure – perhaps the private sector has a promising role to play in overcoming this. In order to accelerate our growth as an industry, we need to pay attention to the fundamentals – quality, cost & timeliness. Further, there is a need to fearlessly seek partnerships wherever necessary to speed up the learning process.
INDIA TO BECOME A GLOBAL HUB FOR AEROSPACE A strong comprehensive ecosystem together with government support to balance geographic factors; development of enough scale domestically to attract material & hardware suppliers to manufacture their goods in India, and industry-wide adoption of best practices in terms of quality control will certainly make India a global hub for aerospace industry.
TRENDS TO BE OBSERVED IN THE COMING YEARS As the industry matures, there will be a gradual migration from metallics to composites in the field of aerostructures. Further, India will move up the value chain to take on more complex work packages and prove that world-class processes can be developed, adopted and maintained indigenously. Ultimately, the focus should be set on achieving a robust aerospace industry that is a force to reckon within civilian and defence aerospace product development, manufacturing and support.
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
MISSION 200 MILLION TONNE BY 2020
India has set an ambitious target of 200 million tonne steel production by the year 2020. If India plans to meet the set target, it needs to take serious steps to resolve the pertinent challenges viz land acquisition, logistics and coking availability, which are hampering its growth potential. To mitigate these challenges, the industry needs to build its cost competitiveness in order to get equipped for large-scale global operations. Improving labour productivity can go a long way in removing inefficiencies and costs associated with them.
hough the Indian Government has ambitious plans of achieving production of around 200 million tonne by FY20 in order to meet the growing demand for steel from key end-user industries – construction and automobile – how probable it is to meet these targets is still a big question. There are certain challenges that threaten the capacity growth of the industry and raise doubts about the ability of the industry to achieve the target of 200 million tonne by 2020. Cost rationalisation is one of the key challenges faced by steel manufacturers. Though India enjoys low raw material costs as compared
T
54
to global peers due to self-sufficiency in terms of iron ore, other cost elements such as expensive coking coal imports, high electricity and logistics costs due to inefficient transport infrastructure put cost pressures on the industry. Further, unfavourable regulatory environment in the form of inordinate delays in land acquisition & mining leases, and unclear relief & rehabilitation policies also dampen the return on investment of large steel players. In terms of raw material availability, though India is self-sufficient in terms of iron ore; it has not been able to realise its full potential. There are huge latent iron ore reserves, which can be exploited through expenditure on
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
exploration; however, till now the commitment towards this aim is missing. Logistics and infrastructure is another area that needs improvement. Insufficient thrust on building relevant infrastructure in terms of roads, ports and railways has plagued the industry’s potential. There is a growing need to put a serious thrust on infrastructure in order to propel growth in the industry. Some of the major challenges that throttle industry’s performance and ways to overcome these pertinent issues are discussed here under:
REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT The regulatory environment plays a major role in the growth and development of any
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
reduction in the mining area and lessees being forced to restrict their activities to broken-up areas. Furthermore, despite the Supreme Court’s directions on sending applications for clearance to the Ministry of Environment and Forests within two weeks of proposals being submitted, state forest departments have a lacklustre attitude and keep applications pending for years. The government has taken initiatives to ensure that some of these problems could be resolved. The National Mineral Policy 2006 has targeted the issues relating to transferability of prospecting and mining leases, streamlining criteria for grant of mineral concessions, transparency in the mine allocation process, land acquisition reforms and forward looking resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) policy guidelines. It is hoped that an early enactment and implementation of the new policy, which is pending for some time, will be a definite positive step in the direction of India’s target of attaining 200 million tonne by 2020.
a long way in improving the quality of coal. Further, investment in technology to boost production levels can help mitigate coking coal deficiency to some extent. More focussed and aggressive acquisition initiatives by companies will also help to mitigate the impact of low availability of domestic coking coal.
LOGISTICS Inadequate infrastructure and logistics facilities have significantly affected the steel industry and have resulted in serious cost implications. Every tonne of steel produced requires transportation of four tonne of material. This implies that close to 200 million tonne of steel production by FY20 would require transportation of 800 million tonne of material. It highlights the need for huge investments in key infrastructure including railways, ports and roads. An efficient transportation network, be it rail, road, sea or air, is of paramount importance today, since unlike in the past, when
FACFACT T
industry; metals and mining is no exception to that. Over the last 3-4 years, state governments have signed 222 MOUs to add steel capacity of close to 276 million tonne, yet not many of the envisaged projects have taken off. As mentioned afore, the major issues facing companies relate to land acquisition, securing mining leases, forest clearances and relief & rehabilitation (R&R) policies. POSCO is a prime example that has seen its $12 billion greenfield steel project in Orissa getting delayed by more than two years. Other projects from ArcelorMittal, Tata Steel, Bhusan Power & Steel, Jindal Steel & Power, Sterlite Iron and Steel Company, Uttam Galva and Welspun Power & Steel have been deferred by over three years. Land acquisition issues are a dampener for large players having plans to set up greenfield projects in the country. Lack of title certificates, improper and non-existent land records makes land acquisition a tedious and a long-drawn process. Further, according to the Indian constitution, land matters come under state jurisdiction. As a result, each state has different legislations that are not in tandem with central legislations. This results in a great deal of confusion and delays decision-making on land-related matters. Furthermore, foreign investments in agriculture land are prohibited in India. Therefore, for a foreign investor to invest in land development in the country, the land must be converted into one for non-agricultural use. This takes time and entails expenses, resulting in unwarranted delays in land acquisition. To add to the woes, inordinate regulatory delays in obtaining the requisite approvals and mining leases restrict the benefits that can be achieved through these projects. States such as Orissa, Jharkhand, West Bengal and Chhattisgarh have witnessed increased interest from steel majors, mainly due to easy availability of raw materials in these states. In this scenario, restricted raw material supply and setbacks in acquiring mining leases is not favourable for the industry. Policy-makers need to ensure that policies aim at minimising the cost of mining as well as that of mine resources for steel manufacturers. Another problem facing the industry is obtaining forest and environmental clearances. There have been cases of mines being closed due to non-clearance under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. In addition, there are other problems such as
India still lags behind its closest competitor China on many fronts. If the sheer size of the industry is considered, India’s steel production is close to one-tenth of China. Further, in terms of capacity additions, China ranks well ahead of India. China was able to add 300 million tonne capacity between FY03-08 as compared to 20 million tonne by India. This indicates a wide gap that India needs to bridge with respect to China.
COKING COAL SHORTAGE India faces a huge shortage of coking coal due to limited domestic supply that is not commensurate with the rising demand. Coking coal consumption in the country has grown exponentially on the back of increased steel production. Coking coal reserves in the country are limited as compared to overall coal reserves. Reserves form 13 per cent of total proven coal reserves of 105.8 billion tonne. Its production in India stood at 33.3 million tonne in FY09, just 17 per cent of the country’s total coal consumption. Not only the availability of coking coal, but also its quality is a matter of concern for the industry. This is also one of the reasons for increased dependence on coal imports. Imported coal is mixed with the domestic coal to boost its calorific value. It is expected that the demand for coking coal in India will increase on the back of a strong steel sector, which will in turn lead to higher imports. The key stakeholders need to take several initiatives to deal with deficiency in coking coal. Investment in coal beneficiation can go
upstream production and downstream processing by large integrated players was conducted at a single location, the process now entails the two activities being carried out at varied locations by different players. Railways: There are several issues related to the infrastructure of railways that have reduced its importance as the preferred mode of transport in the country. Delays in rake movement, congestion, lack of multiple access points at steel plants and insufficient line capacity are some of the infrastructural problems the industry is facing today. According to FY09 Railway Budget, steelrelated traffic is expected to rise enormously by FY12. This calls for immediate and urgent steps to ‘rev up’ rail infrastructure in the country. Roads: Roads are another area of concern. Of the total road infrastructure in the country, national highways account for a mere 2 per cent, while express highways are non-existent. It is an irony that rural and other roads comprise 80 per cent of the country’s total roads, measuring 3.3 million km, in the world’s second-fastest growing
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
55
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
India has a fragmented steel industry structure with few integrated steel manufacturers and many mid-size and small-size manufacturers. Indian steel industry has been striving to streamline its supply chain operations by increasing the performance efficiency through elimination/outsourcing of non-value added activities, planning effective transportation and developing information technology to link and exchange information within and between organisations. economy. Although the government aims to build roads measuring 20 km a day, it has till now been able to achieve not more than 9 km. The work on this need to be expedited on an urgent basis, if road infrastructure bottlenecks are to be cleared on a war footing. According to the Joint Plant Committee (JPC), close to 24,000 million tonne-km of materials will be transported across the country by FY12, and the road traffic for finished steel will be around 26,228 million tonne-km by then. Ports: The steel industry is one of the important users of port facilities and accounts for around 25 per cent of port traffic. Since the share of blast furnaces in total steel production is expected to remain more than 60 per cent during the Eleventh Five-Year Plan, the importance of port infrastructure will also continue to be high. This is because the country’s reliance on blast furnaces will require import of low-ash coking coal, which will give a further boost to port traffic. Currently, Indian ports face challenges in terms of low productivity, high costs, long vessel turnaround periods and lengthy custom delays, which hardly bodes well for the industry. Such bottlenecks add to the costs of steel manufacturers and impede their profitability. Power: The condition of the power sector in India, though unfavourable, is showing signs of improvement. The steel industry, which requires 3,276 MW of power according to the Eleventh Five-Year Plan, is facing issues including frequent outages and high voltage fluctuations. This has led to the over-dependence on blast furnace route requiring higher coking coal (procured mainly through imports) for steel production and has underplayed the importance of electric arc furnace (EAF) as an alternative method of steel production. The use of EAF has been limited due to high electricity costs. Hence, there is a need to invest in the power sector for which the government has announced many ultra mega power projects (UMPPs). However, such investments are hard to procure, since the
56
basic source of power generation (coal) is deficient. The industry is grappling with coal shortage, which is expected to increase significantly from FY14 with the establishment and initiation of new power projects. This deficit in coal supply is expected to touch 74 million tonne in FY12 and around 120 million tonne by FY14. However, in light of these challenges, the government has taken initiatives to boost power generation in the country. The establishment of UMPPs is a step in the right direction. Further, in order to improve fuel linkages for power generation, the government has allowed UMPPs to use surplus coal from their allotted coal blocks, for power generation as compared to the earlier practice of transferring excess coal to Coal India at notified prices, which were 40-50 per cent lower than the market prices. However, the overall scenario is not bleak. The situation is expected to improve exponentially once the government’s plans for upgrading the country’s road, power, rail and port infrastructure are put into action and it invests $500 billion (as planned) in infrastructure development during the Eleventh Five-Year Plan. The key to success will be appropriate utilisation of funds and the speed at which these projects are implemented.
MANAGING COSTS Cost management is one of the important driving factors for success in any industry, and steel industry is no exception to that. Managing costs enable the companies to secure favourable returns on investment in order to announce viable projects. Steel industry faces a peculiar kind of situation as the sales realisation of the industry is largely dependent on global pricing, the cost structures in various countries are very different. Some of the costs are external to any company like taxes, logistics cost etc. However, there are other cost elements that are under a company’s control or rather dependent on a company’s decision
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
on location, procurement and supply. With steel prices expected to hover around the $600 per tonne-mark in the near future, managing the external and internal costs would be critical to ensure healthy rate of returns for new projects and viability of greenfield projects in capital-intensive industry like steel. Steel companies face unprecedented threats to their financial health, if they fail to manage costs forced on them by a downturn. Yet, managing costs is easier said than done. Many companies respond to a downturn by cutting costs, striving to release cash, reduce borrowings and stabilise their operations. This trend tends to accelerate in the course of a downturn, with businesses putting cost management at the top of their agenda. Now that the enterprises are seeing a sign of recovery, the question that is being asked is: Once savings have been implemented, does a business consign cost management to history and return to previous patterns? Emphatically not. In fact, effective cost management has to become engrained in businesses’ DNA in order to tackle the future challenges. Low-cost production is no longer a matter of choice, but a necessity. Cost management is about deploying a structured approach to achieving sustainable cost leadership. While a lot of organisations might be taking a few steps to reduce costs, very few can claim to have cost management as part of their DNA.
WHAT DRIVES COST FOR THE INDUSTRY? India has a fragmented steel industry structure with few integrated steel manufacturers and many mid-size and small-size manufacturers. They range from the left-most end of steel value chain, who manufactures basic intermediate products like sponge iron & pig iron to the right-most end, who re-roll, galvanise and colour coat the cold-rolled coils. Many of the manufacturers who had set up their plants during 1960s-1970s have become prominent players in the Indian steel industry today. One aspect common to all these manufacturers is the age of their technology. As technology gets old and manufacturing methods are streamlined, the psyche gets set to not disturb the things that are working well. As the old adage goes: ‘If it isn’t broke, don’t fix it’. However, there is a tremendous potential of saving costs, if producers follow a structured approach of identifying the cost
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
drivers, building improvement hypothesis, definitely tried rather than making yield Even big names in the Indian steel industry running analytics and developing business losses. have an OEE in the range of 50 to 60 per cases for improvement. Structured cent. This fact itself indicates a tremendous OVERALL EQUIPMENT approach to monitoring the benefits is an scope of improvement for steel producers. EFFECTIVENESS integral part of cost management. Indian steel manufacturers are The many manufacturing efficiency Inadvertently, there are production increasingly adopting OEE measurements improvement methods in the steel industry bottlenecks and excess capacities in to achieve the following: Improve asset efficiency and utilisation to worldwide and also in India, ranging from machinery, which could be tapped best-in-class lean sigma, TPM, quality circles, etc, tend to inexpensively with the knowledge that lies Identify/resolve root causes for efficiency confluence on one central theme when it within the minds of the organisation. Manyloss comes to asset utilisation and that is overall a-time, this internal knowledge is not Prioritise assets that need to be equipment effectiveness (OEE). OEE is one churned and finetuned towards their improved such lever whose improvement results in efficacies and corresponding cost benefit Increase organisational capacity without significant cost savings for any manufacturing analysis. significant capital spend set-up. Improvement in OEE attacks the Managing costs in this industry is a Reduce manufacturing costs ‘Six big losses’ as they are called in the challenging issue, given that few controllable Support growth & improve profit operations management parlance viz. cost levers are available across the value chain. Some key cost challenges include: Inadequate infrastructure and logistics facilities have SUPPLY CHAIN OPTIMISATION Raw material availability – significantly affected the steel industry and have Indian steel industry has been quality and volume (iron ore, coal, coke, ferro alloys, etc.) resulted in serious cost implications. Every tonne of striving to streamline its supply Raw material prices steel produced requires transportation of four tonne of chain operations by increasing movement the performance efficiency material. This implies that close to 200 million tonne of through elimination/outsourcing Currency price movement steel production by FY20 would require transportation of of non-value added activities, Dependence on available transport infrastructure – planning effective transportation 800 million tonne of material. ports, roads, rails, local and developing information transporters. technology to link and exchange information within and between breakdowns, set-up and adjustments, small WHERE TO ACT organisations. However, the supply chain stops of machines, reduced speeds of UNDERTAKING THE managers in steel industries are confronting running, start-up rejects and production INITIATIVES significant challenges to meet service levels, rejects. Steel companies should undertake the which can be primarily attributed to OEE is a measurement that reports the Raw materials that constitute majority of following initiatives, amongst others, to overall utilisation of resources for the cost of production for steel optimise cost: manufacturing operations. This metric manufacturers have shown significant directly indicates the gap between actual YIELD OPTIMISATION volatility in the recent past. This has and ideal performance. OEE breaks the Organisations leave the topic of yield resulted in alteration of normal purchase performance of a manufacturing unit into improvement to the R&D department even plans, and hence, delivery schedules for three separate but measurable components: when the shift supervisors, the machine most of the steel manufacturers. availability, performance, and quality. It is Steel manufacturers often are exposed operators, mill workers and helpers might unlikely that any manufacturing process can to fluctuations in the currency exchange have many innovative untried ideas in their run at 100 per cent OEE. Many market as important raw materials like mind, which can help in substantially manufacturers benchmark their industry to coal is often imported from countries in optimising the yield. A new technology or set a challenging target. Asia-Pacific region. upgradation of specific equipment in the OEE is a product of machine availability, Majority of the small and mid-sized steel manufacturing line definitely leads to product quality and the manufacturing long product manufacturers have taken improved results but not without any capital performance efficiency. Here availability is a up a decentralised production model expenditure. Hence, better operating ratio of actual operating time and planned with final rolling facilities closer to the practices with a keen eye to reduce all production time, performance is a ratio of customer and primary metal production possible wastes that are generated and ideal cycle time and actual operating cycle facilities in regions enjoying tax breaks. continuous improvement in maintenance time for a unit piece of manufacturing (e.g. This production structure has increased procedures can lead to yield improvement. unit metric tonne) and quality is a ratio of emphasis on efficiency related to Post that, if better technology is available number of good pieces to the total number interplant logistics. within budget that can help in better of pieces manufactured. The generally These uncertainties along with other measurement & control, deal with product accepted worldwide goals for each factor of regional and organisational practices have quality and consistency issues, reduction in OEE are availability - 90 per cent, put significant pressure on costs associated heat cycle times, improved maintenance performance - 95 per cent, quality - 99.9 with inbound & outbound supply chain of methods, etc, then the same should be per cent, thus leading to OEE - 85 per cent.
58
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
steel industry. Major cost reduction initiatives taken up by steel manufacturers towards this include network redesign; transit losses reduction; automation; transportation mode alignment; freight negotiation – reverse auction, etc.
MANPOWER PRODUCTIVITY IMPROVEMENT Steel is no more the labour-intensive industry it used to be. Earlier perception of huge workforce associated with steel plants does not quite hold true in today’s world. For POSCO, number of employees per million tonne of steel produced stands approximately at 700, whereas the same for organisations in India is between 3,000-4,000. The number is even larger when PSU majors are taken into account. During the last decade, the steel industry had drastically reduced manpower all around the world. In the US, it was down by 70-80 per cent. In Japan, it was down by approximately 50 per cent, whereas in UK & Germany the same can be quoted between 60-70 per cent. India is also seeing a similar trend with PSUs steadily shedding their ageing workforce through voluntary/ age linked separation schemes. Private sector steel manufacturers have also put increased focus on manpower optimisation or redeployment to achieve superior productivity. Primary improvement initiatives taken up by steel companies in this area are head count reduction; broadening span of control; and productivity improvement.
CHALLENGES IN COST MANAGEMENT Achieving sustainable benefits from cost management have never been easy. The challenge is to instill a pervasive cost management culture, to the point that it becomes a regular, normal and expected part of business life. There needs to be a paradigm shift, such that cost management becomes relevant to front and back office operations, to the shape of the business model, to the portfolio of customers (are they sufficiently profitable?) and to organisations at whatever point they are in the economic cycle, in whatever sector or in whatever geographic region. Executives need to be patient and develop a communications strategy that emphasises on the improvements achieved through efficient consumer response and what they mean for the enterprise as a whole. Time must be set aside for the change process to take effect, creating an environment where employees feel like they are treated fairly. Costs saved in one part of the business can be invested elsewhere, so that there is still a sense of expansion and optimism. Executives must have enough humility to accept where cuts need to be made, rather than playing competitive games with their colleagues over budget levels. And finally, cost management need to become a routine, normal part of business operations, rather than something that is identifiably short-term and done only in response to a crisis.
KEEPING THE SHINE FOREVER The steel industry is striving to sustain its shine. However, as mentioned earlier, the challenges are many. The industry and the government need to take initiatives to tackle the issues hindering the growth prospects, especially to meet the ambitious target of achieving 200 million tonne by FY20. This article is an excerpt from white paper titled, “Indian Steel Industry 2010: Time To Steel” by Ernst & Young
60
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
NATIONAL ALUMINIUM COMPANY
TAKING THE
PATH LESS TRODDEN
Making the impossible possible and overcoming all the challenges requires strong will, determination and a sustainable futurist outlook. Creating history in the bauxite mining in a region with absolutely no basic facilities and connectivity with the outside world, National Aluminium Company (NALCO) has proved this to be true. Standing tall, tackling these extremities for decades is NALCO’s Panchpatmali mine at Damanjodi, Orissa, which has changed the way bauxite mining is being done in India. Because of its high-tech, eco-friendly and socially-oriented business approach, it has earned a high stature and set a precedent for other companies to follow.
SANDEEP PAI AND SUMEDHA MAHOREY astern Ghats, a beautiful stretch of mountains spanning over a thousand kilometre from Visakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh to Kalahandi in Orissa, is renowned as the bauxite belt of the country. Four thousand feet high, extending roughly parallel to the coast, this belt is also home to one of the most successful mining endeavours in Indian history.
E
62
THE BAUXITE STORY Around 40 years ago, it was estimated that more than 2 billion tonne of bauxite was present in this hilly region. Today, with over 4.8 million tonne of this estimate being extracted annually, this figure just constitutes a speck in the ocean of abundant resources that still lies untouched in this vast expanse. Back then in the 70s, the bauxite deposit from this belt was not considered economically-viable because of its low alumina and high silica contents. Another
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
reason was the reluctance to mine in a region that was located in one of the most backward districts of Orissa, with no railroad connectivity and deep forest cover as the roadblock . With next to negligible logistical support, it had become a humungous task even for the Railways to set up infrastructure in this region. This region was impenetrable for any mining company, as it almost had no connectivity with the outside world. Apart from logistics, lack of adequate power
NATIONAL ALUMINIUM COMPANY
NALCO, elaborates, “During those years, there was no road even to Damanjodi. Thus, for bringing in equipment and materials to start the exploration process, we had to make alternative kuccha road. For years, we had operated relying on that road before the pucca road came into being. Another challenge confronting the company was to keep the workforce motivated under such harsh circumstances. “Those were the toughest times that the employees had faced. There was no proper shelter, water or food available to them. We started from scratch and now have reached a stage where we have our township with adequate facilities,” adds Mohapatra.
THE SURVIVAL INSTINCT
N W
E S
Top view of Panchpatmali hill
Surviving through that phase, Panchpatmali open cast mine now stands as Asia’s largest bauxite mine located at Koraput district in the southern part of Orissa. Moreover, with an annual capacity of 4.8 MT and under expansion to 6.8 MT shortly, it is the only deposit from the two billion tonne east coast bauxite reserves, which has been mined so far. Over the years, it has bagged certifications to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and SA 8000 standards. Along with the mine, NALCO currently has Asia’s largest integrated aluminium complex, encompassing bauxite mining, alumina
Latest technologies deployed A semi-mobile in-pit crusher is under development in the far North block. A surface miner to eliminate drilling and blasting.
required to run a mine and the subsequent refinery was another major constraint. Besides the basic infrastructural bottlenecks, there were issues related to availability of human resource. The villagers inhabiting these hills were tribals in true sense. With meagre living resources, reluctance to change and the highest illiteracy rate, communicating with these tribes and convincing them was a Herculean task. Under such extreme conditions, companies were not too keen to invest, as they were unsure about the returns. In fact, many believed that mining was next to impossible in these regions. However,
National Aluminium Company (NALCO), a public sector enterprise incorporated in 1981, went against the preset notions and demonstrated to the world as to how sustainable and profitable mining can be achieved even under such extremities. While the company had to overcome a lot of challenges for carrying out mining activities efficiently, with sheer determination and perseverance to achieve the so-called ‘impossible task’, NALCO sailed through the storms successfully. Providing an in-depth account on the challenges faced by the company in its earlier days, PK Mohapatra, Executive Director–Mines & Refinery,
refining, aluminium smelting and casting, power generation, rail and port operations.
TRACING THE SUCCESSFUL JOURNEY A visit to Damanjodi reveals the legacy of more than 25 years of sustainable mining, maintaining perfect peace and harmony with its environment and surroundings. From the foothills of Panchpatmali mine, a camera zoom shows a green tabletop mountain with a white coloured rope bisecting it. A further zoom clears the view… it’s not a ropeway but a uniformly covered man-made conveyor. S Sameer
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
63
NATIONAL ALUMINIUM COMPANY
14.6 km single flight long distance conveyor used for carrying bauxite ore
Majhi, Junior Manager, NALCO, explains, “This is a 14.6 km single flight long distance conveyor. We use this conveyor stretch to transport bauxite ore from Panchpatmali mine to NALCO’s 1.575 MT capacity alumina refinery located at the foothill.” During the journey to Panchpatmali mine, one travels close to the conveyor belt. The plantations are ubiquitous and conspicuous all along. After a while, as the mercury level drops and fog sets in, Panchpatmali hill emerges as a beautiful hill station. Before the mining commenced, this hill was practically barren except for sparse and stunted growth of amla, bushy date palms, ban tulasi and giant grass. However, because of the massive plantation drives taken up by NALCO, the place is wrapped up by lush greenery. Surprisingly, the central portion of the hill has more plantation cover than even the (unmined) southern part. When asked, SK Patnaik, Sr Manager-Mining, NALCO, states with evident pride, “While we pursue mining, we also ensure land reclamation and afforestation simultaneously. Our way of working is different from other miners. There the mining is done first, and reclamation & rehabilitation is done towards the end of the mine life. But here, mining and reclamation are concurrent processes. We carry out extensive plantation not only inside the mine but also in the surrounding valleys. Because of this, today, the hill is witnessing the return of a green lustrous forest on its top.” In future, NALCO is planning to take up huge plantation drives. The vision of the
64
company is best described by Patnaik. He asserts, “We have given this barren hill a forest cover. After the completion of mining, we would like to see this place becoming an attractive hill station in the future.” The mining area of the hill (or the tabletop) is divided into three parts – north, central and south. While, the company has mined the central portion for around 25 years, it has just started mining in the north. The southern part of the hill has not been mined as yet. The hill characteristically has Sl.No Vertical profile offormation 1 Top soil 2 Laterite 3 Top bauxite
Thickness in Mtr. 0-1 3-4 8-10
4
Sub bench
2-3
Medium hard
5
Bottom bauxite
3-4
Soft
many features of this mine. Company officials give credit to the initial mine planners and executors, who had followed a systematic and scientific approach while designing this mine and its mining methods. Several computer simulated ore body models were experimented in those days to design a suitable mining method, which would not only protect, but also help in enhancing the environment during mining. Over the years, what has evolved is sustainable mining with efficient
Rock Type
Broken by
Remarks
Soft Hard Medium hard Hard ferruginous
Wheel loaders Drilling & blasting Drilling & blasting Big boulders by rock breakers to prevent Secondary blasting Ripping instead of blasting, using ripper dozers Backhoe shovel instead of loosening by blasting.
Blast-free ---Blast-free Blast-free Blast-free
Rock breaking techniques implemented by NALCO
sharp escarpments mostly on the eastern side and steep gradient slopes on the western side. Moreover, in order to prevent flow of surface run off water from mining areas to the valleys, rolling of mining equipment from slopes, spreading of dust and noise to surrounding, a 15 m width of bauxite has been left on both sides of the hill and trees have been planted well in advance to act as a peripheral green barrier. This peripheral barrier is one among the
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
environment-friendly operations. With latest equipment and technologies ensuring high profitability and environment conservation in all aspects, here is an intriguing process that the company follows for sustainable mining.
MINING PROCESS A typical bauxite mine is formed in-situ by weathering and lateritisation of parent rock, which is known as ‘khondalite’. The crosssection of the reserve would show the top
SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Bosch
Pg No. 65 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Bosch
Pg No. 65
Bosch Rexroth (India) Ltd
SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: East India Pg No. 66 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: East India
Pg No. 66
NATIONAL ALUMINIUM COMPANY
being covered with an average soil thickness of 0-1 m, followed by ferruginous lateritic overburden of about 4-5 m, and below that lies about 14-15 m thickness of bauxite formation. The partially lateritised khondalite (PLK) is seen below the bauxite layer. The deposits are highly heterogeneous with wide variations in grades and thicknesses. Analysing these conditions, NALCO has come out with a unique way of mining. Explaining the process, A Chakraborty, GM– Mines states, “Conventional mining method is not effective in this type of deposits, and hence, the trench method of mining was adopted. This method provides staggered working fronts, effective quality control system, maximum ore recovery from undulated floors, fast land reclamation concurrent with mining, etc.” In this trench mining method, the fertile top soil is removed by wheel loaders and then the hard laterite is drilled and blasted. When the blasted laterite is removed
A drilling machine in operation in the Panchpatmali mine
bauxite gets exposed. The top slice of bauxite i.e. about 8-10 m thickness is loosened by drilling & blasting and also by ripping where bauxite is soft. The bottom bauxite of 3-4 m thickness is removed using backhoe shovels, as this does not require either blasting or ripping. The mining machineries used by the company are mostly wheel-mounted, diesel-powered and hydraulically operated. Equipments include wheel loaders, backhoe
Social polices and business should go hand-in-hand. Amalgamation of technological upgradation, which reduces the cost of production, enhances efficiency and productivity and a good environment policy with an attitude for social development, would lead to major achievements in the future. PK MOHAPATRA,
has become the first bauxite mine in the country to try this technology. Elaborating on this, Mohapatra avers, “Surface miner is an advanced way of performing blast-free mining. It also curbs environmental hazards arising out of a blasting operation considered as the key factor for pollution.” Surface miner technology eliminates: Blast Hole Drilling machine, its operations & maintenance Explosives procurement and storage Security arrangements during transportation & storage of explosives Crushing of ore and operation & maintenance of crusher.
MOVING TOWARDS ROBUST MECHANISATION
Executive Director–Mines & Refinery, NALCO
shovels, dumpers, blast hole drills, ripper dozers, water sprinklers, motor graders etc. NALCO has increased its production capacity from 2.4 MT to 4.8 MT per annum and is under further expansion to 6.825 MT. Patnaik points out, “We increased the mine production by introducing higher capacity machines, an in-pit crusher in far off north block and drawing a flexible long distance conveyor from north to present crusher location in the central block such that equipment fleet size remains minimum but the average mine productivity goes very high. The speed of the only conveyor belt has been increased to carry higher tonnage in each hour. Had we continued with the same size of equipments, we would have required large size of equipment fleet leading to high traffic congestion and increased pollution load onto environment.” While the previously aimed target has been achieved, the company is now determined to make this mine blast-free. Currently, the blasts are limited to overburden and top bauxite only. Patnaik says, “We aim to make this mine ‘Totally blast-free’ by resorting to mechanical means of mining in place of blasting. Since surface miner is one of the best alternatives, we conducted several rock analysis studies with the help of IIT Kharagpur and the results were very encouraging. Accordingly, a Surface Miner ‘T1255’ of Vermeer (USA) make has been hired and put under trial operation to actually see its performance in our mine.” By deploying surface miner, NALCO
While the company is deploying technologically advanced equipment, it is also ensuring that these are being utilised to the fullest. A GPS-based truck dispatch system installed few years back takes care of these requirements. The system is placed on the trucks and on loading equipment as well. They are monitored by a centrally located control room. Illustrating the system, Vikash Mohanty, Engineer, Truck Dispatch System-Mining, highlights, “With this, we are able to e-log the equipment performance, productivity and establish communication with the operators.” The mine has a pit head primary crusher of double roll tooth crusher type which receives 1cubic metre size input and reduces it to-150mm size. The crushed ore is transported through a 14.6 km-long single flight cable belt conveyor to refinery at the foothill. Even the conveyor belt has unique features. Describing it in detail, Patnaik articulates, “It can move in curvilinear paths unlike other belts, which move only in vertical plane. Moreover, the whole conveyor belt is completely covered, leaving no scope for spillage or dust emission.” Adding to this, a PLC controlled auto sprinklers has been installed all along the main haul road to prevent dust generation during the movement of dumpers. Dry fog system has been installed inside the crusher and conveyor system to arrest dust before becoming air borne. Water requirement for the mine is pumped from two reservoirs made out of tapping streams at Jholaguda located at the foothill. The company has also installed five
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
67
NATIONAL ALUMINIUM COMPANY
rainwater harvesting structures, which fulfill additional water requirements. Another commendable initiative for environment protection is the Zero Discharge System(ZDS). Patnaik expounds, “We ensure that there is no discharge from the mine to the surrounding valleys. Effluents, mostly oil-mixed water from the workshops, waste water from canteen etc. are routed through a scientifically designed zero discharge system and reused for dust suppression measures. These waste water are regularly sampled and analysed.” Further, the striking feature of the Panchpatmali mining is that it does not affect the ground water resource. Patnaik clarifies, “It has been more than 25 years, but we have never found that groundwater has been affected by any means. The different hydro-geological studies conducted in the past have established that mining does not affect groundwater table present below 150 m from the surface. Most of the springs originate from the hill below this level and they never dry during the year.” The steps undertaken by the company have worked phenomenally towards its commitment for sustainable mining. Taking the legacy forward, the company has also
68
made special provisions to ensure the safety of its workforce. Mohapatra avers, “All dumpers are fitted with rear view cameras and have AC cabins; all machines coming from behind can be seen and monitored. Moreover, we have a separate health monitoring system for the employees, wherein doctors examine them periodically for occupational hazards, if any. Till date no employee has suffered occupational hazards on account of dust, silica or other substances.”
UNMATCHED APPROACH Starting at a time, when bauxite mining along the east coast was seen with a lot of scepticism, NALCO today, has reached a remarkable stature that has become a case study for many in mining. Its eco-friendly, well-planned and social approach to one of the toughest processes in the industrial history has helped the company achieve more value than plain profit. Today, standing at the pole position in bauxite mining in the country, NALCO’s business policy is highly people-oriented. Highlighting the fact, Mohapatra remarks, “Industries have exploited the environment to an extent that they need to pay a price
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
for it today. Companies cannot think of the past and claim to work on similar lines even today. They need to devote some percentage of their success to their surroundings. It is not possible that only they earn the benefits and in the bargain the society at large suffers. At least 4-5 per cent of its profit should be reserved for the society.” Adding further, he says, “Social polices and business should go hand-inhand. Amalgamation of technological upgradation, which reduces the cost of production, enhances efficiency and productivity and a good environment policy with an attitude for social development, would lead to major achievements in the future. Thus, our focus remains in this direction and the government is supporting us in this endeavour.” Going by the unique practices the company has adopted to ensure safe and secure mining as well as its surroundings, it would be worth claiming that India has achieved sustainable mining to a certain extent. NALCO, with its mission to develop a people-friendly mine, has become a trendsetter of best practices for those who plan to venture into this so-called unexplored territory.
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
Mission
Possible This rumbling had a silencing effect. As the gigantic Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle-C15 lifted off making heart stopping roaring sound, fogged by the cloudy emission, it did silence many doubting heads. It also cleared the fog of doubt about India’s capability to make the PSLV-C15 a mission possible, paving a way for India’s manned mission to space. Overcoming technological challenges and adding many firsts to its credit, managing this complex mega project is a case study in itself. It is also every engineer’s dream to be part of this exhilarating journey. Here is the first-hand account of the project, problems and the ultimate pride… SUMEDHA MAHOREY
70
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
ears of relentless hardships, ever-evolving technological developments and a determination to realise a distant dream of joining the league of super powers, the US & Russia, India is surging ahead in space technology at a skyrocketing speed. With tremendous strides in launch vehicle technology with the operationalisation of Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV), ISRO’s attempts at designing and developing an operational vehicle that can be used to orbit application satellites has been achieved. Today, ISRO is self-reliant in satellite launch vehicle programme with the help of PSLV, a world-class vehicle which has repeatedly proved its reliability and versatility by launching 44 satellites/ spacecrafts into a variety of orbits so far. PSLV is capable of launching 1600 kg satellites in 620 km sunsynchronous polar orbit and 1050 kg satellite in geo-synchronous transfer orbit. In the standard configuration, it measures 44.4 m tall, with a lift off weight of 295 tonne. PSLV has four stages using solid and liquid propulsion systems alternately. The first stage is one of the largest solid propellant boosters in the world and carries 139 tonne of propellant. PSLV has thus, rightfully earned the status of workhorse launch vehicle for ISRO. PSLV is also critical as a launch vehicle, since it would be used for testing of all the modules for the final manned mission to space – a dream of placing two Indians in orbit for a period of one week. Elaborating on the same, S Ramakrishnan, Director, Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre, ISRO says, “An unmanned crew module will be put in orbit around the earth by a modified Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle in 2013 as a forerunner to our mission to send two Indians to space.” With back to back successive missions and the Centre’s back-up for multiple technological advancements, ISRO had been riding high on the success curve, until it faced two major setbacks in the last four months with the mission failure of GSLV-D3 and the deferred launch of its ‘workhorse’ PSLV-C15 programme. This put ISRO in the backseat for the time-being, but with the successful launch of PSLV C-15 on July 12, 2010, ISRO turned its fortune into gold. Let’s review these setbacks and understand how they affected India’s ultimate dream to put man into space.
Y
CARTOSAT-2B (top), Dual Launch Adopter (black coloured and containing ALSAT-2A inside)
CARTOSAT-2B and other payloads inside PSLV-C15’s payload fairing
THE SETBACKS April 15, 2010, Sriharikota – Mission status ‘Unsuccessful’: India, for the first time was testing an indigenously developed cryogenic engine in its Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle-Development 3 (GSLV-D3) project. ISRO had earlier announced that they will use the same Rs 330 crore GSLV technology for its man-in-space mission. But the project was unsuccessful as GSLV-D3 failed to place the communications satellite into orbit due to a turbo pump malfunction. According to reports, the sudden stoppage of the fuel booster turbo pump had resulted in the non-availability of liquid hydrogen supply to the thrust chamber of the main engine, causing the failure of the flight. The rocket had veered from its flight path nearly five minutes after lift-off at 4.27 pm and crashed into the Bay of Bengal along with the satellite GSAT-4 Referring to the failed attempt, K Radhakrishnan, Chairman, ISRO had then said, “The failure of GSLV-D3 rocket launch powered for the first time by an indigenous cryogenic engine will not delay the realisation of the country’s manned mission programme. If we are able to flight test an indigenously built cryogenic engine in a year’s time, then the manned mission can be realised by 2013.” The
Head end segment of the PSLV-C15’s first stage being stacked
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
71
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
Nozzle end segment of PSLV-C15’s first stage being positioned over the launch pedestal
rocket’s cryogenic engine is an outcome of 18-years’ labour on the part of ISRO scientists with expenditure of around Rs 335 crore. April 29, 2010, Sriharikota, PSLV-C15 – Mission Status ‘Launch deferred’: Not long after the GSLV-D3 debacle, ISRO had to defer the launch of its workhorse remote sensing satellite PSLV-C15, fixed for May 9, after a technical snag was detected in the initial checks. “A marginal drop in the pressure in second stage of the vehicle was noticed during the mandatory checks carried out on the PSLV-C15 vehicle,” said an ISRO statement. As discussed earlier, the PSLV technology is slated to be used to test all the modules for the man-in-space mission. But the same technology which had resulted in 15 successful launches earlier was now facing a major challenge due to a technical snag. Also, the GSLVD3 failure and the delayed launch of PSLV-C15 had directly affected ISRO’s reputation as a successful space agency worldwide. But ISRO successfully managed to turn the table with the successful launch of PSLV-C15 on July 12, 2010 from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre (SDHC), SHAR, Sriharikota.
THE SUCCESS STORY July 12, 2010, Sriharikota – Mission Status ‘Successful’: PSLV-C15 lifted-off from the First Launch Pad of SDHC at the opening of the launch window at 09:22 hrs (IST). PSLV-C15 successfully placed CARTOSAT-2B and four other satellites in circular polar sun synchronous orbit after 20 minutes of flight time. Minutes after the launch, Kunhi Krishnan, Mission Director, PSLV-C15, declared the launch as successful with the preliminary flight data indicating all major flight events involving stage ignition and burnouts, performance of solid and liquid stages, indigenously developed advanced mission computers and telemetry systems were working exactly as predicted.
Nozzle end segment of PSLV-C15’s first stage arriving at the Mobile Service Tower
HOW DID ISRO MANAGE TO OVERCOME THE PRESSURE ISSUES?
PSLV-C15’s second stage being lifted for stacking on top of the first stage
72
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
In India, during the rocket development process, some of the stages are completed by private industries and the final checks are done at the Thiruvananthapuram to ensure basic functionalities. After bringing it to Sriharikota, Andhra Pradesh the engine is purged with liquid propellants and other media to ensure that all the valves are operating satisfactorily. During these checks on PSLV-C15, a drop in pressure was noticed in the stage 2 and ISRO had to defer the launch date by almost two months. Explaining the technical glitch, S Satish, Director, Publications and Public Relations & Deputy Director, Directorate of Quality & Reliability, ISRO, says, “In the initial propulsion stage (stage 2), we had noticed leakage in one of the systems. To rectify the leak, the valves had to be completely replaced and interconnections had to be done again. The complete equipment had to be reassembled and final tests had to be conducted at the design centre in Thiruvananthapuram before bringing it back to Sriharikota”. He adds, “PSLV uses both – solid and liquid propellants. Stage 2 is crucial as liquid propellants are purged into the rocket as fuel at this stage. At present, there are three types of propellants used in rocket launch – solid, liquid and cryogenic propellant. As solid propellants, we use polymer-based propellant called as hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene (HTPB), and oxidiser like Al2O3. The process is simple, but the drawback is that once it is ignited, it cannot be stopped.” He further elaborates, “In the liquid stage, we use unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (UDMH) and N2O4 as oxidiser. Efficiency-wise, liquid
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
PSLV-C15’s third and fourth stages being positioned over the second stage
propellant engines are more effective than solid propellants, but the best option is to use a cryogenic engine, which uses liquid hydrogen and oxygen. In the previous flight of GSLV-D3, we had tested our own indigenous cryogenic engine, but the mission was a failure. As compared to that, PSLV uses only solid and liquid propellants.” The complexities with solid and liquid propellants are much lesser as compared to that of the cryogenic engine but with the pressure issues arising during the initial checks, the complete programme of PSLV-C15 regressed by almost 2 months as the complete stage needed to be reassembled. Elaborating on the impact of this hitch, Satish avers, “Rectification of the pressure problem led to slight delay in continuity of providing data, but otherwise the situation was under control as we have similar classes of satellites in orbit – the CARTOSAT-2 and CARTOSAT-2A – to support basic operations in similar fields.”
MISSION PSLV-C15 PSLV-C15, which employs the ‘core alone’ version of PSLV, successfully injected 5 satellites into an orbit of 637 km with an orbital inclination of 98.1 degree. The satellites included CARTOSAT-2B, STUDSAT, two nano satellites NLS 6.1 AISSAT-1 built by University of Toronto, Canada & NLS 6.2 TISAT-1 built by University of Applied Sciences, Switzerland, and ALSAT-2A, a small remote sensing satellite from Algerian Space Agency.
SATELLITES IN A NUTSHELL The 694 kg CARTOSAT-2B is a state-of-the-art remote sensing satellite and carries a panchromatic camera with a spatial resolution of 0.8 m and the ability to cover a 9.6 km geographical strip of land in one shot. The data received from the satellites finds applications in cartography at cadastral level, urban and rural infrastructure development and management, land information system and geographical information system. RR Navalgund, Director, Space Applications Centre, Ahmedabad, explains, “Images taken by the panchromatic camera of CARTOSAT-2B can be used for road planning in villages, preparing accurate maps, keeping a tab on encroachments and other infrastructural activities.”
Stacking of one of the segments of PSLV-C15’s first stage
STUDSAT: THE FIRST STUDENTS’ SATELLITE IN SPACE
STUDSAT: First of its kind students’ satellite
74
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Besides its main payload of CARTOSAT-2B, PSLV-C15 also carried another auxiliary payload – STUDSAT – a pico-satellite weighing 650 gm, built jointly by students from a consortium of seven engineering colleges from Bengaluru and Hyderabad. The consortium was led by Nitte Meenakshi Institute of Technology, which has developed a fully operational NASTRAC – Nitte Amateur Satellite Tracking Centre to receive and decode data from STUDSAT. Harish Rao, a third year student of KITS Ramtek and the core team lead for attitude determination and control, who is responsible for STUDSAT’s orientation control in space, says, “We received the BEACON signal for health condition at 11:02 hrs (IST) on July 12. We will also start receiving images from the satellite in the next 2-3 days.” STUDSAT includes seven subsystems – structure design – led by Swetha Kotichintala, Rahul Kishore, Sharad Hegde and Karthik; communications led by Shweta Prasad; command in data handling led by Vigneshwaran Karun and Avinash GS; payload of CMOS camera with 95 m resolution led by the team leader Chetan Angadi and Zora Aziz Ali; attitude determination and control system led by Harish Ramawaram, Mamata RM and Uday Kiran; ground station led
PSLV-C15 LAUNCH
by Vishweshwaran Karun; power distribution wherein all electronics students from the consortium had participated. On the successful launch of STUDSAT, Dr HC Nagaraj, Principal, Nitte Meenakshi Institute of Technology, says, “The telemetry data was received by the ground centre within 80 minutes of the launch. The data, which helps in town planning and weather forecasting, will be sent to National Remote Sensing Agency and ISRO”. With the students building their own satellite with help of ISRO scientists and their institutes, a completely new avenue for engineering students has emerged to put forth their innovations before the world.
THE DREAM IN THE MAKING: MANNED MISSION TO SPACE Confucius once said that our greatest glory is not in ever falling, but in rising every time we fall. With the successful launch of PSLV-C15, India has moved a step closer to realising its dream of a manned mission to space. S Ramakrishnan, Director, Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre, ISRO, avers, “The module in which the Indian astronauts would go into space has already been designed. Lifesupport systems, thermal-proofing and a crew escape system in case of an emergency have already been defined. We are also planning a launch pad abort for the crew in case of an accident”. While elaborating on the basic requirements of the manned mission, Radhakrishnan avers, “ISRO needs a highly reliable vehicle to take humans into space. Certain crucial facilities including new launch pad for sending humans into space needs to be built. A basic facility to handle astronauts before and after their return to the earth also needs to be developed. In the first phase, these critical technologies including the re-entry technology would be developed. In the second phase, a human rated vehicle would be developed. In the third phase, astronauts would be trained to go into space. Normally, it takes three years to train an astronaut.” Narayanamurthy N, Chief Executive, Human Spaceflight Programme, Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre, Thiruvananthapuram, says, “The most important technology to be developed has been the crew escape system. In the programme’s first phase, the module that would take the crew into space and a PSLV with a modified first stage would be built. The unmanned module would be exactly identical to the final module. A host of technologies including lifesupport systems aboard the module and avionics would be developed in India with the help of research laboratories and industries.” The next two immediate launches on the cards from Sriharikota include a communication satellite GSAT-5B carrying transponders in C-band and extended C-Band to augment India’s satellite-based communication and broadcast systems, says Radhakrishnan. Apart from this, a PSLV-C16 would be launched in October.
THE FUTURE OF SPACE TECHNOLOGY With modifications in the PSLV first stage for the unmanned test mission to space, ISRO would be gearing up for the biggest project in the history of Indian Space Research Organisation. The unmanned mission slated for 2013, subject to government proposals, would critically test all the flight parameters and help ISRO develop the perfect GSLV technology in the form of GSLV MK III for the ultimate goal of placing man into space. Images courtesy: ISRO
76
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Illustration By: Sanjay Dalvi
MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE LANDSCAPE TRANSFORMATION
‘MELTING’ BARRIERS, HARMONISING BUSINESS PROCESSES Business process management is at the heart of any transformation initiative of an organisation to gain a competitive edge in the market. Such an initiative calls for an integrated approach like Manufacturing Enterprise Landscape Transformation, which delivers a customercentric organisation built around industry best practices and standards. The approach ‘MELTS’ traditional organisational boundaries and leverages technology-enabled digitised processes to deliver business results. he evangelists of business process management (BPM) have long believed that strategies built around strongly inter-linked processes are more sustainable than those built around independent activities & interventions. Moreover, integrated planning and management of change – people, processes and technology – are necessary for all process-centric initiatives to be sustainable in the long run. Subject matter experts or consultants
T
80
from any organisation, working in the area of large process management interventions or large IT programs, invariably end up grappling a common set of questions or situations, pertaining to the following issues: Ownership of the intervention or the programme - whether it is the IT head or the process lead The roles played by business integrator, IT analyst, business analyst, process champion Area of convergence of multiple tracks – whether it is at management level;
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
results level, or do they remain independent Building consensus – aligning the goals of these interventions Resistance to change and how to convince the business users that the intervention is for their benefit Aligning this project with the many other projects already going on in the organisation Analysing how many such interventions have really yielded their desired results, year after year, both in the context of the organisation and the industry in general.
MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE LANDSCAPE TRANSFORMATION
This set of issues has been even harder implement such a strategy. As a study However, in this fast changing world, the to address in the manufacturing industry, indicates, most successful organisations same technology could also become a given the intensity of the ‘clicks vs. bricks’ started off with a customer – centric vision. bottleneck for change. The trend in the last debate of the near past, and the relatively Hence, it is extremely important to be decade indicates conglomeration of deep set of boundaries that have typified customer-focussed while defining their industries into large global enterprises. The this industry over the years. Therefore, for vision. true business value is delivered through driving a convergence of the numerous The next important but most challenging global operations. The preference for such issues into one single framework, an element is to align people towards the operations is to deliver IT through integrated approach referred to organisational goal. Both hard as ‘MELT’ – Manufacturing Charting and managing a roadmap for transformation elements – strategy, structure Enterprise Landscape of an organisation is the single most important element and system, as well as soft Transformation, has been elements such as skill, style, staff of business process management & improvement, and shared values play a vital proposed. This approach signifies the enormous ‘change efforts’ and change management holds the key to successful role in bringing the desired that go into transforming an outcomes. An organisational internal ‘competency centre’ change. organisation. The hypothesis in It is often seen that employees approach is proposed to drive such transformation. this approach, validated through resist change when somebody multiple customer experiences, else makes a choice or decision centralised enterprise system. Though emphasises on the fact that every firm for them. Instead, if options are given that centralised IT brings tremendous visibility should align these factors right at the start, provide a sense of higher purpose, meaning, and business value, on the flip side it limits because every initiative of this type must challenging work and the capacity to make a agility. Hence, for organisations aspiring to ultimately add to the business value. The difference, will help the employees to not get transformed into agile global organisation, alignment needs to happen at multiple only make the right choice, but also here is a novel BPM concept of aligning levels: objectives of the interventions, i.e. propogate it across the organisations, and business and IT – customer-centric business, business goals, objectives of stakeholders thus change becomes smoother, quicker business-centric processes and and customers. and effective. processcentric IT. The best strategy lies in answering one The effective way to accomplish this is to common set of questions that include: use an effective visual tool such as policy Who is benefited by the initiative – CUSTOMER-CENTRIC objective matrix (PO Matrix). It not only BUSINESS – PEOPLE customer, stakeholder or business helps to define transformational projects ALIGNMENT Where does it fit into the organisation aligned to organisational goal, but also This concept involves defining goals/mission/values/policies cascades them to lower actionable tasks at How is it aligned with the customer strategybusiness policies & objectives and all levels across the organisation. Employees objectives aligning people to the business goal. The can easily visualise and appreciate their When and how does the alignment most important element in any business individual contributions towards achieving need to happen transformation initiative is to define the organisational goal. What are the conflicts and how can they vision and goal. And then follow a strategy BUSINESS-CENTRIC PROCESS be resolved to achieve this goal. Policies and objectives – PROCESS ALIGNMENT Why is this the only way to meet these become the foundation for organisations to objectives? Are there alternatives? As a lean purist recently said, one should not undertake any of these initiatives, if it LEVERAGE TCS Transformational ENGAGE the Business through Tools & Methods does not add any value to the customer; or Socialisation (Workshops, Training) • 6-Sigma Based Value Chain • Induce Process Orientation if there is no underlying intent of adding Analysis • Facilitate Technology Change • Due Diligence Framework value to the customer or differentiating Awareness • Value Stream Mapping • ’Go To’ Environment Simulation one’s competitive position from the • Policy-Objective Matrix for hands on experience Business Process Modeling • Experience sharing customer’s perspective. •
Detailed Communication Program
MELT AND BPM BPM has led to the evolution of a comprehensive approach to enterprise transformation (ET) around BPM, which is referred to as MELT. The approach seeks to develop a customer-centric organisation, around industry best practices/standards, delivered through optimised business processes aligned with strategic initiatives of the organisation. Technology can bring wonders to life.
II. Engage
I. Model MODEL the Value Chain - Align with SCOR/MESA / Industry Standards • Product Design & Development - New Product Introduction • Manufacturing - Operational Excellence • Post Manufacturing - Customer Experience Processes
III. Leverage
V. IT Outcomes • ROI • Global Footprints • Process Quality • Best Practices • Delivery on SLA
IV. Transform
TRANSFORM the Processes • Customer Centric • Process Driven • Technology Aligned
V. Business Outcomes • Sourcing Spend • NPI Time • NPD Costs • Inventory • Lead Times • Cycle Times • Cost of Quality
Figure 1: The Transformation Framework
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
81
MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE LANDSCAPE TRANSFORMATION
Define
Measure
Analyze
Design/ Improve
Verify / Control
Customer Centric Business Business Centric Processes Process Centric IT
• Define Vision and Objectives consistent with customer demand and business Strategy • Cascade vision across the organization and align people towards the objective
• Identify/Design Core processes independent of technology • Assign Process Owners • Standardize and align with industry standards • Define performance indicators and set targets • Simulate changes and work towards achieving acceptable result
• Choose best fit technology • Harmonize processes involving diverse user base • Implement and test thoroughly • Train users and make them responsible
Figure 2: Bringing 6 Sigma rigor into alignment
This involves identifying and defining core processes that deliver high business value. This also includes identifying key performance indicators (KPIs) and process performance indicators (PPIs) linking to business objectives – a true process alignment. Organisations typically have several processes interlinked to achieve the business objectives. The key to achieve exceptional performance is to identify a set of core processes that brings the maximum business value and directly link them to organisational performance. It is also important to benchmark them against bestin-class and monitor them continuously. The effort on the remaining non-core processes should be minimised as much as possible. The ability to distinguish between core and non-core processes and apportioning resources accordingly will
provide organisations distinct competitive advantage. The best way to start off this exercise is through value stream mapping (VSM). For this, one needs to identify high business value product lines and draw a VSM. It is essential to apply lean principles to achieve the best business performance keeping the customer in focus. In this extremely competitive world, organisations constantly feel the need for frequent changes. Today’s core process could shortly become non-core processes; hence, it brings the importance of organising and managing processes for business agility. It is best to maintain robust but flexible business process layer separate from technology layer. This provides ability to simulate policy changes and to observe its effect on the process performance before
Establish objectives for the current period including implementation measures
Identify principal parties, leaders, and supporting parties
(Where)
I
III IV
Set targets for objectives (How much)
II
Performance Targets
Strategic Policies
Functional Objectives
Results
Estimate overall effects • Dollar contribution to business plans • Contribution to management indicators • Contribution to intrinsic technology • Contribution to management technology
Figure 3: Dr. Fakuda’s PO Matrix
82
(When)
(Who)
(What) (How)
Establish priority improvement policies for the current period and the following 2 to 3 years
(What) (How)
Set due dates and milestones
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
IV
V
making key business decisions. Typically, process maps up to level 4 (activity) are recommended. Level 1 includes process type, level 2 is configuration, level 3 comprise process element, and level 4 is activity or implementation level. Each one of this process is driven by a set of business rules that in turn is derived from organisation policies and objectives. At this time, it is also recommended to assign process & activity owners depending upon the need and the complexity. Once the drill down process maps are available, the next step is to identify KPIs that are linked to business objectives and derive PPIs. PPIs express process performance along cost, time and quality (CTQ) dimensions in addition to volume and efficiency indicators. These performance indicators provide information at all three levels – strategic, operational and tactical. This information could also be classified into global or regional levels.
The first rule of any technology used in business is that automation applied to an efficient operation will magnify the efficiency. The second is that automation applied to an inefficient operation will magnify the inefficiency. BILL GATES, Chairman, Microsoft Corporation
Organisations are normally loaded with too many KPIs and PPIs. Following are some of the recommended best practices while defining performance indicators. Identify vital few who drive the key management decisions Definitions, measurement mechanism and control parameters should be made clear to the stakeholders across the organisation Ability to aggregate and dissaggregate Ability to change, simulate, analyse and control Define baseline and set improvement targets.
PROCESS-CENTRIC IT – TECHNOLOGY ALIGNMENT This component involves identifying the technology that best fits the process
Pg No. 83 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: C&S SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: C&S
Pg No. 83
SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Empire Cable Pg No. 84 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Empire Cable
Pg No. 84
MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE LANDSCAPE TRANSFORMATION
Exceptions Business compliance
Figure 6: Application Specifi c Alignment
Fully Compliant
Application of best practices
>5% of the 15% of the processes processes
80% of the processes
Standard Feature workaround
3rd party Solution
Application functionality compliance
requirement, stable yet brings the from which it is possible to come up maximum flexibility for change. with level 6 work instructions. Governance and sustenance Technology (Applications) Performance SUSTENANCE mechanism is one of the critical Indicators Business Processes MECHANISM: factors for successful business Business Rules GOVERNANCE transformation. Paradigm shift is STRUCTURE required at all levels to see IT as Policies and Objectives Bringing transformation is painfully internal business process owners Figure 4: Performance Indicators as a systemic output slow process. In well-undertaken that not only own IT but also closely programmes, organisations show collaborate with business, thereby Business Strategy/Process standards enthusiasm and rigour in the providing invaluable supporting Industry Standard Reference model: beginning and slowly reduce services. In traditional world, IT is Standard Process Set: • Common business process language • Enterprise Policies • Industry Best Practices towards the normalcy depending centered on architecture, • Best Practices • KPIs for continuous improvement Strategic Alignment • Dash board metrics (PPIs/KPIs) upon the length of the programme. applications and infrastructure and In the absence of well-established nothing more. One can perceive a Local BU 1 Local BU 2 Local BU 3 governance mechanism, conditions wall between business and IT. tend to revert back to When process-centric IT is Figure 5: Aligning with Industry Standards pretransformation state. envisioned, it actually means: Process forms the fundamental Hence, it is extremely important piece to the business. Everything else is is to fit maximum processes (including all to institute a well-designed governance built or derived from this the strategic/core processes) to the OOTB mechanism in the beginning of any Need to provide/enable end-toend product functionality. Thumb rule is to find process visibility, internal and external 80 per cent of the processes fit to OOTB dependencies and information flow functionality. Depending on the individual Ability to make and simulate policy business cases, further evaluation should be changes done to fit the remaining processes. The Even if the target seems so high as to Scalability with expansion and contraction other important aspect that needs to be be unachievable at first glance, if you of business watched during application fitment is the explain the necessity to all the people Avoiding redundancy. ability to map KPIs and PPIs and the ease at involved and insist upon it, everyone Once the process catalogue is ready at which information can be extracted. level 4, business process master list (BPML) Often, harmonisation process brings will become enthusiastic in the spirit the functional requirements – can be changes to process catalogue, especially for of challenge, will work together, and extracted. This information should be used non- critical but essential business processes. achieve it. to evaluate the technology or application The best practice is to document them as landscape. Despite these efforts, it is scenarios against the chosen technology. extremely difficult to find a perfect fit. However, altering level 4 process due to ICHIRO SUZUKI, It is important to carry out process technology fitment is not recommended. Chief Engineer of the first Lexus harmonisation, keeping out of the box Once appropriate technology/application (OOTB) functionality fit on one axis and is chosen, one can generate level 5 process business compliance on the other. The goal transformational programmes. Lastly, maps that are technology-specific workflow, organisations must realise what they completed as a transformational journey is Application of not the end but just the beginning. Keeping special control their egos in check, leaders of such Process A Process G transformational organisations must avoid Master Process F defensiveness and resulting blindness. Data Process E Org Instituting continuous learning and Process C Structure improvement mechanism along with honest & collective feedback and communication Process B mechanism at all levels in the organisation is Process D profitable. After all, a competency Process H centrebased approach helps in becoming a nodal point for all interventions. Sreenivasa Chakravarti, Head-Automotive Center of Excellence, TCS; and Ramesh Narayan, Supply Chain Consultant, Manufacturing ISU, TCS E-mail: sreenivasa.chakravarti@tcs.com and ramesh.narayan@tcs.com
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
85
HITECH MANUFACTURING SHOW
GROWTH
STAYS CONSTANT Mumbai | September, 2011
Following the initiation of free market principles in 1991, India began to develop a fast-paced economic growth. There was an upsurge of foreign investment and competition. These resulted in technological innovations and business growth in the country. Manufacturing and exports boomed. Tapping this potential of the gigantic Indian manufacturing segment is HiTech Manufacturing Show that will aid the industry sustain its growth spiral.
SHIBANI GHARAT here are very few moments that carry the magnitude to change the course of history. The opening up of the Indian economy in 1991 was one such defining moment. Globalisation not only shaped the entire Indian economy but also formed the silver lining for the industry in India. It helped encourage exports and increase productivity by employing comparative advantages that could be achieved through exposure to foreign competition, enhanced technical development and access to economies of scale. The positioning of domestic and foreign prices helped generate industrial efficiency, increase exports and reduce forced idleness of resources, thus abolishing monopoly profits & allowing optimum resource allocation in the economy. Globalisation has indeed helped India in many ways and manufacturing is one of the industries that has benefited the most due to liberalisation. “Since 1991, the Indian economy opened up and witnessed an inflow of the FDI in several sectors and less exportimport regulations. These factors not only provided access to international markets but also contributed to the technological development in the country. The corresponding development of globalisation of the Indian manufacturing sector helped drive the growth of several industry verticals such as IT & hardware, telecommunication hardware, automobile, pharmaceutical, biotechnology, infrastructure, electronic, electrical, textiles, etc.,” says Sudhanva
T
86
Jategaonkar, Associate Vice President – B2B Publishing, Infomedia 18, a Network 18 Group company.
MANUFACTURING BACKBONE Today, the manufacturing industry forms the backbone of the Indian economy. It has not only helped the overall productivity and employment, but has also played a vital role in strengthening several other sectors. The Indian manufacturing sector is successfully competing in the global marketplace and registering high growth on a year-on-year basis since the 1990s. “Today, the kind of innovations that the Indian manufacturing industry is witnessing was unimaginable around 20 years back. Almost, every day there is a new product, machine or service launched. The buyers are really spoilt for choice,” says Jategaonkar. HiTech Manufacturing Show, organised by Network 18, is one of the largest tradeshows in the country showcasing pioneering solutions in engineering and manufacturing. HiTech Material Handling Show and HiTech Automation are two concurrent shows under the umbrella fair. HiTech Manufacturing will help bring all players from these two major industry verticals under one comprehensive roof. This event will display the best in terms of cutting-edge technology and innovation that will help shape the future of the industry in India. From plastics & packaging machines to IT & software, automation systems,
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
instrumentation & controls, machine tools & accessories, hydraulics & pneumatics, electrical & electronics and material handling equipment storage systems, the entire industry will converge to showcase their innovations on this unique platform.
ENVISIONING THE FUTURE The trade show is bound to have several product launches, live demonstration, dedicated zone/areas for various industries that will help those participating in the show on long term basis. “The manufacturing industry in India is bound to experience a revolution called HiTech. If the Indian manufacturing industry has evolved since 1991 to the stature of a gigantic player in the world arena, HiTech Manufacturing Show intends to take the country to the position of a leader. It will not just help the exhibitors in terms of quality business visitors, but also enrich them with the experience of a lifetime,” says Jategaonkar. With this show, the entire spectrum of the manufacturing industry in India will be spectators to a plethora of exhilarating developments, which in turn will definitely help several businesses grow beyond measure. HiTech Manufacturing show is all set to give shape to a robust manufacturing future for a country that has seen this industry grow from strength to strength, year-on-year since the 1990s. Indeed, the show will not only introduce the Indian industry to the most futuristic innovations but also help set a foundation to launch India as the Future Factory.
MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
M
M
MS
CO
U L TIONS O S T R A T P R O O X M E B S PL LE
echatronic systems constitute the stateof-the-art technologies in automation systems, intelligently integrating
motor shaft is mounted out of alignment with a pillow block bearing or gearbox input planetary gear. Moreover, motors should be placed on the machine in the best location, so that
Mechanical and electrical engineers often overlook important issues when specifying different parts for an electromechanical system. This tends to create complexities and affects smooth functioning of a machine. Mechatronic systems, with their sheer capability of intelligently integrating mechanical and electrical elements to perform increasingly complex and demanding functions, prove to be a boon for engineers. By taking into consideration five elementary factors, engineers can resort to smart solutions to drive productivity.
mechanical and electrical elements to perform increasingly complex and demanding functions. When designing electromechanical systems, mechanical and electrical engineers may tend to emphasise on the technologies, components and design principles from their single area of expertise, which can result in systems with higher operating costs, increased maintenance demands and less than optimal performance. However, in the process, often inefficiencies and unnecessary complexities can be unintentionally designed into machines. In order to resolve these problem areas, the following measures can be considered.
88
CREATE A CLEAN DESIGN
1
Good mechatronic design starts with good mechanical design – the best electronics and electrical systems cannot compensate for poor mechanical design. The most successful designs are ‘clean’ – they feature a strong & rigid frame, and utilise materials and structural principles to ensure that whatever motion the machine undergoes, its long-term stability is engineered-in. It is important to make sure that rigid bearings and support are utilised where motors are mounted on machines. This helps to prevent shafts from getting sheared off due to microfractures that occur if the
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
operators do not accidentally step on cables and connectors causing damage. It is also essential to design machine guarding with easy access points to get to motors mounted under the wing base of the machine while still protecting them against harsh environments. Most importantly, a clean design balances mass and motion: sturdy, durable framing that withstands years of vibration and shock, combined with light-weight components for the moving parts of the machine. This helps reduce mass, provides more energyefficient motion, and makes it easier to sizeup smaller motor/drive components for the machine.
MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
2
DIRECTLY COUPLE THE MOTOR TO THE LOAD
Effective mechatronics starts with a clean slate design. In the past, machines were often built around a single AC motor powering a machine line shaft, to which gearboxes, pulleys, sprockets, chain drives and other mechanical devices were attached for moving individual areas of the machine in synchronisation. This powering approach can be traced back to the dawn of the Industrial Revolution. Now let us consider replacing this architecture with individual servomotors coupled directly to the load that is being moved. There are multiple design, machine cost and operational advantages to this solution. First comes cost: every time a gearbox is added, it results in multiple costs – it is an additional point of failure, which has to be lubricated and needs spare parts. Plus, there is a need to add mechanical backlash that has to be compensated for during machine commissioning. But now, thanks to technological developments, every time there is a product changeover, the motion and axes synchronisation complexity is eliminated by today’s intelligent drives and servomotors. When servomotors are strategically located as close as possible to the area of motion they are serving, the incremental cost of electric drive components is almost completely offset by eliminating the cost of labour and mechanical components that must be purchased, machined, assembled and configured. In particular, not having to stock multiple sets of sprockets, gears and cams, as well as saving the time involved in changeovers with mechanical drives, can really drive down the total cost of ownership for the machine. A clean
Important Electrical Considerations for Mechanical Engineers The five considerations mentioned here simplify mechanical design challenges and provide resources for driving innovation and creativity in machine design. Create a clean mechanical design to ensure that whatever motions the machine undergoes, its long-term stability is engineered-in Couple the motor directly to the load to greatly reduce wind-up and backlash, improving machine commissioning time Utilise electronic gearing and camming to dramatically improve axes synchronisation and accuracy Incorporate energy-efficient technology to cut down on operation costs and reduce wasted energy Use HMIs for troubleshooting to show where a problem is and measures to put the machine in a safe mode for maintenance. and accuracy – from 1/16th or 1/32nd of an inch typical with mechanical line shafts, down to motion precision closer to hundredths or even thousandths of an inch with electronic line shafting. And this synchronisation can be accomplished with zero mechanical backlash and fewer product jams. It also eliminates a host of mechanical adjustments to bring the machine online, as well as the operator adjustments each time the machine is stopped and restarted. Electronic gearing and camming makes machine changeover completely programmable. The camming technology makes it possible to build multi-segmented cam profiles based on position, velocity or time-based motion profiles. When a section of the electronic cam is altered through a recipe change with the help of HMI, the control platform will automatically optimise
4
INCORPORATE ENERGYEFFICIENT TECHNOLOGY
One of the fastest growing costs for any manufacturing operation is energy. A good mechatronic design can help control these costs through the application of electric drive and motor systems designed to save energy. In machines that utilise servomotors directly coupled to critical axes of motion on the machine, and also employ electronic synchronisation and camming, the proper sizing of the servo system can create a highly energy-efficient machine. Proper sizing requires an accurate assessment of several motion factors (motor by motor) such as how fast the axis needs to accelerate, the size of the mass that needs to be moved, and how precise the acceleration and deceleration needs to be. Undersizing will lead to strains on the drives and motors; oversizing will draw too much power to design balances mass and motion: sturdy, do too little work. Some of the durable framing that withstands years of vibration and UTILISE most cutting-edge systems ELECTRONIC available now include a highly shock, combined with light-weight components for the GEARING AND energy-efficient feature: bus moving parts of the machine. This helps reduce mass, CAMMING sharing. Multiple drives are provides more energy-efficient motion, and makes it The electronic drives and daisy-chained together and easier to size-up smaller motor/drive components for motion control platforms share power from the same available today give the bus; in many multi-axis the machine. mechanical engineer a machines, some motors are powerful, flexible tool to improve the the rest of the cam profile across all the accelerating (drawing power), others are accuracy and performance of the machines. machine’s motion elements. This enables decelerating (regenerating power). With This technology enables to create an the machine to run a shorter cycle time, or bus sharing, rather than having to deliver ‘electronic line shaft’ that can electronically provide smoother dynamics for the maximum power to the accelerating motors synchronise all the drives and motors on machine, even though a change has and bleed off the decelerating motors into the machine, eliminating the mechanical occurred – a different bag seal-time or flap heat across a bleeder resister, power is line shaft. In the process, one can tucking cam position – on a cartoning shared, so the machine’s energy dramatically improve axes synchronisation machine. consumption is significantly reduced. A
3
90
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
further energy-efficient technology is called regenerative power supplies. In many machines, multiple servomotors will decelerate at the same time, boosting the voltage to excess levels on the power bus. Older generation electrical drives would bleed that excess electrical energy as heat – wasting the power and adding to the factory floor’s heat production, requiring additional cabinet cooling. With regenerative power supplies coupled to a shared bus system, what was once wasted power can now be fed back through the shared bus and sold back to electric companies.
5
USE HMIs FOR BETTER TROUBLESHOOTING
The computer revolution has spread to today’s machine control panel, replacing knobs and pushbuttons with sophisticated PC-based and embedded HMIs with advanced programming and Windows-based operating systems. For instance, when there is a paper jam in a typical office copier, a touchscreen control indicates where the jam is, which door to open, how to correct the problem, and prompts what needs to be done next, once the jam is cleared. The same user-friendly intelligence is now available to machine designers through the latest touchscreen HMIs featuring the latest graphical user interfaces. Machine layout drawings and schematics can be incorporated into control menus and diagnostic tools to better manage the machine’s day-to-day operation and troubleshooting ease. Drawings and interactive instructional tools can not only show the precise point where a problem is, but also show how to open enclosures and what steps an operator can take to put the machine in safe mode for initial maintenance. Besides, these also give indication on other support resources to resolve a problem and step back through the tasks to restart production. Advanced graphics can be combined with the distributed intelligence inherent in servomotor-driven machines to prevent machine failures or faults before they happen. Called predictive maintenance, this capability lets machine designers set fault tolerance bands in drives and then monitor drive performance. Electric drives and motors allow a broad range of conditions directly associated with mechanical performance to be monitored. Variations in load, temperature, vibration, torque, belt tightness, gear meshing are all mechanical events that generate changes in the torque profile of an electric drive and motor moving those machine elements. Mechanical engineers can set tolerance bands for these components, and if they exceed them, then predictive maintenance alerts can be clearly and intelligently displayed via the HMI to operators, along with specific advice about next corrective measures to tackle the issue before it becomes a serious production problem that can damage the machine.
BLENDING TECHNOLOGIES FOR OPTIMAL VALUE Every electromechanical system should perform its designed function through minimal use of energy, motion and components required to get the job done – that is the fundamental goal of any engineer. Electrical drive and servomotor systems now offer a wealth of reliable, energy-efficient, digitally intelligent platforms to power the integrated vision of mechatronics to greater value an more innovative manufacturing and automation solutions. Courtesy: Bosch Rexroth Group
92
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
USED MACHINERY
The used machinery segment is steadily catching up pace in the global marketplace. The reasons are many. Not only can a company realise significant savings, but refurbished machines can also last as long as brand new machines. But before buying used machinery, companies need to examine certain critical aspects to ensure a smart deal. Learn the do’s and don’ts to avoid getting stuck with big repair bills…
n many situations, companies are better off buying used versus new machines. For starters, the savings can be enormous. When compared to the cost of a new machine, they can save between 50-70 per cent. Another reason is familiarity. When buying a new machine, companies often need to purchase new tooling, which can cost just as much as the machine. Worse yet, newer machines sometimes don’t compare to their older counterparts. Their quality may be inferior to older machines that were typically sturdier because they were built out of iron. But buyers can quickly land in trouble if they don’t do their homework by researching dealers. The problem boils down to trust. Like used car salesmen, the used machinery industry has earned a bad reputation. While there are many legitimate dealers in the marketplace, there are just as many dishonest ones who sell substandard machines as rebuilt machines.
I
RED FLAGS Before buying any used machine, it is
94
important to log online to several machinery forums or blogs and ask contributors for dealer referrals. Moreover, one needs to find out dealers who are honest and which ones should be avoided. Just be cautious about seeding, which is an unscrupulous online behaviour practised by some dealers. They also surf the same blogs and forums, pretending to be buyers who then recommend their own business without revealing their identity. If unfamiliar with the machine being purchased, bring someone who knows how the machine works, can be objective, listens well and can point out potential problems. The salesperson may intentionally gloss over specific items that could develop into major problems down the road. Start the process by asking these three questions: What is the machine’s age and condition? What is the machine’s maintenance history? Can you operate the machine before buying it? If the answer to the last question is no, run, don’t walk, explains Barry Walker,
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
President, H&W Machine Repair & Rebuilding. “Do not buy a machine unless you can come in and physically run that machine,” he says. “I have had so many customers who don’t do this, saying, ‘They told me it was a good machine’, and once they get it, they encounter lot many problems associated with it.” Also find out about the type of environment the machine operated in and where it came from, which can reveal a lot about its condition. As an example, Walker recalls the time his company shopped for a used machine several years ago. When he discovered it was owned by an auto plant, he immediately knew it was probably operated by several people who worked in different shifts, how hard it was run and, more than likely, that it was not maintained well. He says, “Auto plants typically do a phenomenal job of maintaining their assembly lines, but usually don’t take care of their support machinery or tool room.” Likewise, it is essential to ask the dealer about the machine’s specifications and ask questions like are they as tight as on a new machine? Is the lubrication just as good as on a new machine?
USED MACHINERY
Now some companies prefer to do either rebuilt or replaced. refurbished or rebuilt machine to run like their shopping online because the Internet Rebuilt machines, however, are rare. new. But on any machine – new or used – offers a wider selection and sometimes They cost more than refurbished machines parts do eventually break or fail. So ask the better pricing. But unless they travel to the and don’t save companies nearly as much dealer for a list of everything that was seller’s location, they cannot test or run the – between 25-30 per cent – when refurbished or replaced in the machine to machine, which creates a huge, unnecessary compared to the cost of a new machine. avoid costly surprises. The list also helps risk. Be extremely cautious about buying Another downside is that new machines clarify liability. What is the buyer responsible used machinery online, especially for repairing? What does the since most dealers only offer a seller need to replace? Shopping for used machinery is no different than 30-day or 60-day warranty on BOTTOM LINE used machinery. buying a used car. There are great buys out there as Shopping for used machinery “In the last year, I have had well as scams. The first step is to find a reputable is no different than buying a many customers who bought dealer. Then test-run the machine, bring an expert to used car. There are great buys machines online,” Walker says. “I check under its hood or kick the tires. out there as well as scams. have had to rebuild four to five The first step is to find a machines that were sold as rebuilt reputable dealer. Then test-run the incorporate the latest technology and come or refurbished, which they weren’t. And the machine, bring an expert to check under with a much longer warranty. So for a sellers wouldn’t back-up their claims.” its hood or kick the tires. If a cautious slightly higher price, many companies opt to REFURBISHED VS. REBUILT approach is taken, not only can a company purchase new machines instead of those Although the words refurbished and rebuilt realise significant savings, but refurbished that are rebuilt. are often used interchangeably in the machines can also last as long as brand new Despite the major differences between industry, they actually have two different machines. rebuilt and refurbished machines, Walker meanings. With refurbished machines, says many buyers still believe everything on Barry Walker, President, H&W Machine Repair sliding surfaces are always replaced, rebuilt a used machine has been replaced, which and Rebuilding Inc or reground and other moving parts like usually is not the case. E-mail: bkwdkw@aol.com spindles are repaired or replaced as needed. While buyer expectations are sometimes The article has been republished from But a rebuilt machine is one that is inaccurate or unrealistic due to http://www.mfrtech.com. completely stripped. Every moveable part is misinformation, they can expect either a
96
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
GROWTH IMPERATIVES
E BR
AK
T
O HR
UG
H
R ST
E
ES GI
BY
S DE
IG
N
H T W O R G
AT
In an environment where the challenge for businesses to stay ahead of the curve calls for new ways of strategising for future success, design holds some important clues. By broadening the definition of ‘design’ and expanding the application of design methodologies and mindsets to business, enterprises can move beyond mere survival and incremental change, and open up new possibilities for breakthrough growth strategies and organisational transformation. number of significant gamechanging forces are at play in the marketplace, which are driving the need for creating new methods and strategies for attaining the growth curve. Here are a few seismic shifts that set the scene today: Global access to new markets and expanded sources of people and components are breaking down barriers and creating new opportunities for some, and posing threats to others. Technology has profoundly changed the way people connect and business gets done locally and globally. Virtual access, interactions and transactions have transformed the physical world and created new ways to connect and compete. Marketplace demands are increasing as consumers have come to expect better and more sophisticated offerings and greater customisation within the plethora of goods and services. The ‘category walls’
A
98
are breaking down as consumers look for more integrated solutions to meet their needs across products and services, demanding more from manufacturers and service providers than ever before. This expectation transcends all markets–it is now believed that all people in all markets should have access to life-enhancing solutions of all kinds. Social values are shifting, with higher expectations on good citizenship, and the corporation’s social and environmental role and responsibilities. The ‘green movement’ is also anticipated to change the future expectations of corporations and governments. However, many companies are slow to respond to these forces because their historically successful models and infrastructure are making it challenging to shift organisational cultures and evolve rigid business models. In the face of these dynamic forces of change, companies are searching for better, faster, more effective
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
means of reinvigorating their human capital to get ahead of the curve with the aim of creating new economic and human value.
ECONOMICS OF DESIGN Vs DESIGN OF ECONOMICS Herein lies the opportunity to leverage design practices for both cultural transformation and strategic growth, moving from a framework of the ‘economics of design’ to the ‘design of economics’. The economics of design are indisputable: good design of products and service experiences creates satisfaction, connections, desire and value to the ultimate user, taking a commodity product to a premium position. A smart redesign can also yield economic rewards through greater operational efficiencies. No one can debate that. However, design has its highest value in applying design thinking to strategy and business modelling–in designing the sustainable competitive
GROWTH IMPERATIVES
advantage of an enterprise. By embracing The limiting forces - a drive for ‘narrow sound like Marketing 101, but companies design methods and mindsets, an enterprise perfectionism’ and a reliance on current are so often consumed by their current can not only design new products, services capabilities and measurements to squeeze development initiatives, business challenges, and experiences, it can also fundamentally more out of the current activity system budgets, deadlines and quarterly plan drive the design of economics in support of may yield diminishing returns over time. delivery, that they find it difficult to really dramatic new growth strategies. While this Often we hear executives discount turn the telescope around and view their is not yet a broadly embraced interpretation opportunities by saying “We’re not in that business entirely through the eyes of their of ‘design’, it is one where the end-user in a holistic manner. evidence for success is mounting. To broaden the lens, it is While this model may seem either Whatever the sector or the nature of the business, important to look beyond the radical or abstract at first, those any organisation can benefit from the ‘design way’. direct use of a company’s product who discover its advantages find it It naturally taps into team intelligence, creativity or service, and explore the activity surprisingly intuitive and practical– surrounding it to gain deeper just what the business world needs and the ambition to make a meaningful impact in the insights and a broader behavioural customer’s life, both functionally and emotionally. in the face of high-stakes and psychographic perspective on complexities and change. the user’s life. It is also critical to Drawing from many tools and techniques business. We’re a manufacturer, not a understand the ‘whole person’ in the used in both the design world and the service provider.” The mindset that ‘that’s context of a given activity–not just what business world, this methodology can be not what we do today’ is not a reason for they do, but how they feel and how their distilled into what we call the ‘3 gears of not doing it in the future. Consider where needs, surrounding the activity, link to other design’ that drive strategy and business Apple would be today, if they had subscribed parts of their life in terms of other activities, design: empathy and deep user to old school thinking of ‘sticking to their other people, and other cues to their understanding, concept visualisation and knitting’; the world would never have needs. multiple-prototyping and strategic business witnessed the revolutionary success of a Second Gear design. This is not a 1-2-3 linear process, but computer company introducing iTunes and With a renewed empathy and broader set rather an iterative process that is anchored in iPod, and going for another potential step of criteria for innovation as the springboard, the needs of the user or ultimate customer change with the iPhone. Apple does not live we move into gear 2– concept visualisation target. By cycling through these three gears, within the constraints of its current business through the process of ideation and work teams can get bigger breakthroughs model; the company follows its users to multiple-prototyping. Through a number of faster–employing user insights to stimulate new opportunities, which is what the first workshops and projects, it has been high-value conceptual solutions and gear of design is all about. observed that user empathy unleashes extracting strategic intent from the concepts creativity. THE THREE GEARS OF DESIGN to reform strategic business models. In the world of packaged goods, a Before beginning the design journey, it is First Gear number of companies have thought beyond beneficial for the business team to frame up The first step is to reframe a business wholly their manufacturing-generated products to its current operating strategy, articulating through the eyes of the user. This may serve deeper needs. One example is the what the organisation is doing today that Kraft Food & Family Programme–a is driving current business results. Factors multi-channel customer relationship CONCEPT like understanding the current business programme with customisable solutionVISUALISATION: Ideation, Prototyping & models, operational focus areas and based meal ideas (versus straight User Evaluation market challenges & opportunities help product push). This programme keep everyone grounded in the same delivers against the needs of the timeview of the current state. Furthermore, starved consumer, helping them to get USER UNDERSTANDING: not only does this help frame up the meals on the table quickly, skillfully, A deep dive with a current business model, but also the nutritionally and creatively. broad lens team’s mental model that is conditioned A deeper understanding of human by the ongoing, well-entrenched activities needs has inspired all these initiatives. of an organisation. These are the points And what better way to leverage the of reference for the business team that discovery of new needs and capture are both valuable and limiting in driving the creativity of an organisation than business. Knowing one’s working model, through ideation and prototyping, organisational competencies and strategic generating possibilities of how to meet focus areas keep an enterprise moving those human needs in a more forward productively. At the same time, imaginative and compelling way before if the current framework is viewed as a locking down a tightly defined strategy? STRATEGIC fixed model, this ‘mental model’ can also By using consumer needs as a point of BUSINESS DESIGN: Activity System Design prove to be a source of constraint in departure to explore multiple solutions, & Evaluation exploring future possibilities, outside one can generate a wide range of Three gears of design current practices and capabilities. possibilities outside your current
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
99
GROWTH IMPERATIVES
repertoire of solutions and business order for the ‘big idea’ to become both and the brand’s reputation for ‘radical framework to expand your horizons. viable and valuable by articulating the innovation’ and breakthrough marketing. These and many other experiences strategies and capabilities required. One In figure 1, the brown hubs represent demonstrate that making solutions tangible useful visualisation and development tool Apple’s base of equities and capabilities is an intuitive and risk-free way to ‘quick for this step is Michael Porter’s ‘activity from which iPod was built. The green hubs test’ ideas as the basis for strategy. Strategy, system’ 4. Applying the activity system tool represent the new hubs of activity, which therefore, becomes the summation of against a new solution, it is possible to define build on Apple’s historical foundation to tangible concepts that satisfy user needs. the core strategies that would be critical in create a new system of competitive Through rapid prototyping and iteration, bringing this concept to life–the strategic advantage. Specific initiatives and supporting teams build solutions that facilitate a more hubs and the mutually reinforcing activities activities are indicated in blue. concrete basis for discussion, which can be of the self-standing activity system. What is critical in this particular case is later translated into strategic intent. This is in Like the prototyping process in gear 2, the leveraging of current equities and contrast to conventional practices that this phase entails prototyping the business capabilities and the creation of new activities analyse and build existing knowledge and model to integrate the parts and assess the and capabilities within the company (iTunes frameworks to lock down strategies before impact of the activity system as a whole. as an intuitive interface to content and an exploring possible expressions of those What is critical is to identify what will enhanced retail presence) and through strategies. Executive teams frequently say strategically drive the success of the solution, partnerships (content alliances and that they have sometimes brought in a prioritise activities that an organisation must peripherals integration). So while the parts strategy that makes sense on paper, only to undertake to deliver those strategies, define of this activity system may not be entirely discover that everyone in their leadership the relationship of those parts strategically, proprietary to Apple, the business design is team had different interpretations of how operationally, and economically, and locked up by an interrelated set of activities that strategy would actually manifest itself determine what net impact the new model and partnerships that are not only premuch later in the game, when it can be will have. emptive, but also sustainable in that they more difficult and costly to reconcile. This is With the ‘standalone’ model defined, cannot be easily replicated within a period a function ‘domain perspective’–seeing the the final step of business design is to integrate for the plan to get traction and pay out the strategy through each individual’s base of this standalone system back into the current investment. functional expertise and experience. This operating model, always asking: What can Through this iterative process, occurs naturally even in the most we leverage in our current activity system? prototyping (first on a conceptual solution, collaborative teams–one person’s view of What tensions (barriers, issues, conflicts) then on the strategic business model) and ‘reality’ is different from constant assessment of user value another’s. (based on the identified user Anchored in a common Once embedded into an organisation’s DNA, design needs and considerations) along understanding of the end-user’s methods can help generate ongoing possibilities for with the potential to create deeper needs, the prototyping growth and evolution, recognising that as the marketplace sustainable competitive advantage process becomes a ‘thinking and for the enterprise, one can communication tool’ for making evolves, the needs of the user evolve, and thus, the formulate a strategy for a new business model must evolve to avoid extinction. the abstract concrete and level of innovation and competitive stimulating productive dialogue advantage. By challenging the within business teams and with users. In must be resolved in our current activity current model and exploring new ways to addition, when prototyping is done by system? For each tension point, what are drive success, it is possible to find the multi-disciplinary teams early on in the the possible strategies and tactics for strategic and operational point of sustainable process, both the solutions and the buy-in resolution? How can we lock up this system equilibrium–what is unique and good for are much more complete, fuelling greater so it is proprietary and sustainable to our the user can be good for the enterprise. momentum down the development path. enterprise, therefore justifying the THE DESIGN WAY The design approach is about discussing investment required to support this Whatever the sector or the nature of the strategy in the spirit of asking ‘What if it breakthrough strategic plan? Through business, any organisation can benefit from looked like this? How would that better several iterations will come an ownable the ‘design way’. It naturally taps into team serve our user’s needs and what would that working model that can deliver value to all intelligence, creativity and the ambition to mean to our business? What would we stakeholders (the end-user and the make a meaningful impact in the customer’s need to do to in order to bring that to life in enterprise) and done so responsibly with a life, both functionally and emotionally. The terms of our capabilities and our well-planned build-and-transition plan. process itself is easy to follow, but should be organisation’s activities?’ That leads into the To illustrate this point, let us take a look embedded into an organisation’s strategic third gear of business design. at how the iPod activity system may look: a planning practices to realise the full potential Third Gear complex network of interrelated strategies of design thinking. At its core, the design With defined user-driven solutions in hand, and tactics that redefine the game rules of approach is about combining the essential the next step is to align strategic concepts an industry while leveraging and extending three gears of design with a ‘design mindset’, with future reality through strategic business Apple’s equities in design (beyond just the and allowing an organisation to discover design. In this third gear, one needs to aesthetics, and including the entire user opportunities to capitalise on new and explore and define what it would take in experience), a distinct and intuitive interface
100
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: GW Precision Pg. 101
Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: Hindusthan Electric Pg. 102
GROWTH IMPERATIVES
Podcasts
Exclusive deals (e.g., U2 iPod)
ongoing possibilities for growth and evolution, recognising that as the marketplace evolves, the needs of the user evolve, and thus, the business model must evolve to avoid extinction. The more an enterprise sees its business model or ‘activity system’ as a living organism rather than a fixed model, the more a company will be poised to respond to ongoing opportunities to meet new needs. A company that views ‘design thinking’ not as a one-shot vaccination but rather as an ongoing fitness programme for strategic growth will be better conditioned to stay ahead of the curve in an increasingly competitive global marketplace. The result: bigger breakthroughs in thinking, more innovative strategies for success, and development of new business models to better meet user needs and create greater economic and human value.
In-store playground
Community
Genius bar
Videos Access To Culturally Current & Customizable Content
Brand Reputation For Radical Innovation & Individuality
APPLE FLAGSHIP STORES
ITUNES Music Store & Library
Intutive & Seamlessly Integrated USER EXPERIENCE
Breakthrough & High Profile MARKETING
Proprietary PLATFORM & INTERFACE
Exclusive & Compatible SYSTEMS & PERIPHERAL PARTNERS
Stylish & Smart DESIGN
99¢ singles
Easily downloadable
Non-transferable liabraries
Car docks
Stereo connectors
Portable speakers
Exclusive dealers
Low-cost & outsourced Components
Variety of prices & models
Apple’s breakthrough strategy for iPOD
unmet needs, exploring possibilities outside their activity system and then setting the strategies to evolve their business model. A true ‘design organisation’ asks three questions of every opportunity: What is the need driving this initiative? Have we pushed out on the possibilities to best
serve that need? How can we embed that into our business model to create a sustainable advantage? It is the power of all three gears that drive breakthrough strategies. Once embedded into an organisation’s DNA, design methods can help generate
Heather Fraser is the Director of Business Design Initiatives at the Desautels Centre for Integrative Thinking, Rotman School of Management, University of Toronto. She is an Adjunct Professor of Business Design, and heads up the Rotman Designworks program on education, research and application.
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
103
BOTTOM OF ECONOMIC PYRAMID
INNOVATION EYES Illustration By: Sanjay Dalvi
INCLUSIVE CAPITALISM
It is time for manufacturers to look at globalisation strategies with a new lens of inclusive capitalism–including the bottom of economic pyramid (BoEP) while innovating for populations in the top slice of the economy. Today, the real source of market promise is the billions of aspiring BoEP consumers, who are joining the market economy for the first time. For manufacturers who display courage in refreshing assumptions and building from scratch, and design products that fit within existing social networks, the prospective rewards include growth, profits and incalculable contribution to humankind. ESTHER BARDHAN n their efforts to bring about inclusive capitalism, Indian manufacturers, besides engineering products and managing brands for European markets, are turning their attention to the purchasing potential of country’s 4 billion consumers that are at the bottom of economic pyramid (BoEP). Inspired by the outcome of ‘Nanovation’ (innovation model for Nano), which surfaced when Tata Nano hit the Indian roads, Indian engineers are churning out innovations for consumers, who are willing to ‘spend’ on products and services they have been aspiring to ‘own’ since decades. Today, the manufacturing fraternity is taking gigantic steps, leveraging on cheap R&D tools and low-cost manufacturing mechanisms, to meet the aspirations of BoEP consumers, comprising small engineering workshop owners, distributors, wholesalers as well as end-consumers. While the prospects of creating value for BoEP or tier 4 consumers look bright, it would require the manufacturers to undertake radical innovations in business and technology models.
I
BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATIONS The business models designed for the purpose must deliver value
106
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
to customers at the base of the economic pyramid. In addition, the business model should also reveal the value that can be captured in the process of serving the BoEP or tier 4 consumers through co-creation and strategic networks. As G Sunderraman, VP–corporate development, Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing, puts it, “Business model innovation relates more to the innovative way by which the value is delivered to the target consumer and the way surplus is created and distributed among stakeholders (profit formula as it is called sometimes).” This sort of approach is vital to develop businesses that can be profitable while tailoring solutions to abject poverty and bridge the gap between the ‘haves’ and ‘have-nots’ of the tier 4 consumers. Few of the business model innovations are given below: Co-creative innovation: In order to evade differences between the product offered by a company and the product demanded by the consumers at BoEP, it is very important to conduct focussed research on their unique requirements, by region and by state. This concept is not similar to being customer-oriented, but it involves consumers to be equal problem solvers, so that they collectively create as well as extract value. Understanding local realities helps
BOTTOM OF ECONOMIC PYRAMID
companies to procure the necessary resources for product development and enables them to localise cost structures. As quoted by Amit Chugh, founder & CEO, Cosmos Ignite, “In terms of business model innovation, companies cannot use replicas of designs engineered in the West. We need to do a detailed survey of the needs of the BoEP consumers, look at their lifestyle closely and live it. Companies cannot impose a solution from outside. The engineering design has to start with the user, where the company would cocreate as per the needs of the user.” Reinventing cost structures: To create affordable products for the poor, manufacturers must dramatically reduce cost levels and evaluate their current approaches to product development, production and logistics. Adding to this, John Howard, president & co-founder, Duron Energy, states, “Price should be the first consideration, and any cost that can be controlled during the manufacturing process should be given first priority. In addition, distribution works differently at the BoEP. Therefore, a manufacturer must factor in distribution costs along with manufacturing costs when he tries to design a product at target price.” Price performance: Companies must evaluate price-performance relationships for products and services. They must go beyond the low price envelope and offer value for the products. In fact, functional innovations allow tier 4 consumers for rationalising a big-ticket purchase over products that would fetch only short-term savings. Agreeing to this, Sunderraman says, “There is a need for a different price performance point at which the products will work. The price performance curve that one gets in a continuum in the urban market does not hold true for the rural market. Therefore, the innovation here should be to deliver higher performing products to the poor in the most costeffective way.” Scalable and replicable: Companies must ensure that the products and services created for the poor are scalable–produced, marketed and used in different geographies and circumstances. Scalability also involves replicating the products and services through direct replication, employing selfhelp groups in different areas, who can adapt to the model, or partnership with other organisations. On this note, Sunderraman avers, “The business can be
scaled up only when the business model has a replication capability. Once the demand for the product picks up then you can replicate the business model, open NGOs and employ rural people who can earn money while making products for the rural market.” However, Howard observes, “Scalability through replication should be done in a very thoughtful manner. While moving the products or business models to different geographies the differences in field conditions should be kept in mind. If you are going to develop a technology that is scaleable, it should be flexible to adapt to geographical variations.” Improving access: Since tier 4 communities are often physically and economically
ENGINEERING LOCAL SOLUTIONS The manufacturers must combine advanced technology with deep local insights, as the technology innovation in the case of tier 4 consumers cannot be the replication of Western systems. As Chugh avers, “Manufacturers cannot sell the same product with different price points in BoEP and the Western markets. Hence, you have to innovate existing products and reengineer them by employing new solutions.” Manufacturers must consider the following while tailoring solutions that meet the needs of consumers at the BoEP: Cutting investment costs: The cost of investments in technology must be kept low to ensure that the product is affordable.
SUCCESS STRATEGIES Keeping costs low We developed a very low cost solar system. We tried to size the solar panel so that the required concentration of sunlight is collected on the panels to generate electricity. We also sourced high quality, low cost solar panels, which helped us to keep costs low. – John Howard, President & Co-founder, Duron Energy
We did not invest in huge plant and machinery for solar packs. We collaborated with suppliers in plastics, circuitry, solar cells, who manufactured the components. We only took care of the assembly of all the components. This modular approach helped us to cut our engineering costs. – Amit Chugh, Founder & CEO, Cosmos Ignite
While engineering Chotukool, we adopted solid state cooling as an option instead of complicated compressor, circuits and refrigerants. This not only helped us in attaining temperatures enough for meeting the cooling needs of rural consumers, but also reduced number of parts and enabled us to deliver a low-maintenance and robust product. And, the compact nature of Chotukool resulted in low logistics cost. – G Sunderraman, VP-Corporate Development, Godrej & Boyce Mfg isolated, better distribution systems and communication links are essential for effective rural distribution. As said by Sunderraman, “Companies should use advanced IT and telecommunication systems like Internet, GPRS, RFID, etc. to deliver value to the customers.” This ‘e-inclusion’ has dramatically altered the way villages function and gain access to world markets. These business model innovations will provide clear direction to the manufacturers concerning the technological innovations that must be adopted for engineering solutions that meet local needs.
Presenting a case, Howard says, “One of the keys of keeping the costs down at Duron Energy was designing products that met specific needs of customers and are not over-engineered. While manufacturing products at Duron, we look at different technologies that could be brought in a very cost-effective way, analyse the costs that would be incurred while implementing the technology, and determine whether the costs are a worthwhile trade-off for the customers.” Adding to this, Sunderraman notes, “Manufacturers must reduce investments in engineering. There are two options to consider–high productivity-high
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
107
BOTTOM OF ECONOMIC PYRAMID
investments and moderate Innovations at BoEP productivity-low investments. BoEP needs the second option.” Disruptive innovation: This innovation refers to the employment of technologies that are simpler, provide more ChotuKool (refrigerator) flexibility in use and are far more cost-effective, utilising less Five-wheeled car materials and resources. Going a step ahead for BoEP, these technologies are designed with multiple functionalities, distributed as way to provide more employment opportunities to the poor and tend to consume lesser Tata Nano energy. Adding to this, Sunderraman quotes, “In disruptive innovations, typical Pollution control device innovation must improvise products for Solar led the dominant majority of the consumers at the BoEP. Such innovations might not Frugal engineering: be better in technology or primary Coined by Renaultperformance vector, but should be relevant Nissan’s chief Carlos Ghosn, frugal or suitable for BoEP. Besides, they are not engineering is emerging as the most lower or promising basis for lean efforts and watered-down technologies, but often they elimination of waste. Certainly the most apt are superior technologies that address the strategy for BoEP, this concept exemplifies most basic needs of the consumers.” the most simple and inexpensive way Tata
CASE-IN-POINT BoEP consumers as solution providers Low-cost solution with local materials A bearing manufacturer was looking for a low-cost solution to be implemented while polishing needle bearings. The problem was finding a material that could absorb oil from the surface of needle bearing without causing abrasions. Few factory workers from Panchmahal, Gujarat, provided the solution. They came up with an innovation that used fibre from corncob to absorb the oil, the fibre being non-abrasive polished the bearing without scratching the bearing surface. Energy-efficient five-wheeled car Harimohan Saini, engineering student from Weir town, Bharatpur, Rajasthan, has engineered a low-cost five-wheeled car that can be used for multiple purposes–from lugging agro products and people in rural areas to running in industrial shop floors. The innovativeness lies in the fact that the front and rear wheels are free wheels, while the rear central wheel (the fifth wheel) is the only driven wheel. Power from engine is transmitted directly to the fifth wheel. This technique eliminates the differential on driving axle and reduces power losses. Low cost pollution control device Virendra Kumar Sinha, welder and fabricator from Champaran, Bihar, has developed a pollution control device for diesel gensets. This device, as an attachment to gensets, captures 1 kg of carbon per month from 10-12 horsepower generators. The device has an arrangement where the carbon can be captured and traded for use in cement, tyre and paint industries, or traded for carbon credits. – Inputs by Anil Gupta, Professor, IIM-Ahmedabad & Founder, Honey Bee Network
108
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Nano was developed. Giving a nod to frugal engineering, Chugh says, “Today, nobody wants to spend extra, and frugal engineering will bring down the costs.” This can be achieved as Sunderraman puts it, “Manufacturers can reduce the number of parts, assembly complexities and wastage to produce in a manner equivalent to frugal or lean engineering.” Multifunctional: Manufacturers should design products in a way that they meet multiple requirements of the poor on a single platform. Since the poor make one-time investments on products that provide value, companies can find an opportunity to lure the consumers to solutions that can reduce drudgery and accomplish multiple tasks. Exemplifying the same, Chugh observes, “Today, we give small solar packs to customers, which are designed and customised to deliver multiple functionalities.” Adding to this, Anil Gupta, professor, IIM-Ahmedabad & founder, Honey Bee Network, says, “One product should serve various applications. BoEP consumers cannot afford to have different platforms for different applications. Hence, a single platform should be designed to meet the needs of multifarious applications executed at the BoEP. For example, BoEP innovators are rolling out motorcycles with numerous attachments–water pumping machines, threshers, flour mills, etc.” Low maintenance, robust and ease of use: The consumers at BoEP are neither tech-savvy to use products with complex operating systems, nor can they afford to spend on recurring maintenance schedules. As a solution, Sunderraman suggests, “While engineering for BoEP, technology or product design should deliver a robust solution, as the product has to work in rough environments. Besides, the product design must facilitate simple usage (not lot of controls), and incur minimal running and maintenance costs. The products meant for the BoEP should have drastic reduction in the number of parts, the assembly should be simple and easily serviceable.” Exemplifying the same, Howard states, “When we were trying to have different dimensions of the solar PVs and wind turbines, we kept in mind the ease of use and reliability of technology. The business environment we operated in, distribution
BOTTOM OF ECONOMIC PYRAMID
infrastructure and business model that we used required a technology that was low on maintenance.” Reengineering solutions: The approach that should be adopted while manufacturing products for BoEP should not be rooted from any novel technology, but should emerge from existing technologies that are flexible in nature. Agreeing to this, Sunderraman says, “It should not be a technology that is novel, it should be a recombination of applications of existing technology. BoEP does not require manufacturers to invent anything, it is about innovatively and intelligently putting existing technologies to create a new product.” Adding to this Gupta says, “Manufacturers should eye at attaching new components to old machines or reengineering old machines or devices with new applications.” Product testing: There are no short cuts to expanding business in the BoEP. Taking time to understand the local environment and customising products, services, business models and business processes is essential. Yet, how can a company do this with a tight budget? Answering this query, Howard says, “The product should be tested in the market before it is launched. Testing can be
110
QUICK TAKE DRIVERS OF INNOVATION AT BoEP Increasing awareness of products and services and aspiration to own these products at the tier 4 Global overcapacity coupled with intense competition in tier 1, 2 and 3 Deregulation and diminishing role of government. done through a pilot project, where the product samples are distributed to customers, following which feedback is collated and improvement areas are determined. Some of the products that are launched without testing do not do well because engineers in the product development team work on certain assumptions. Without analysing customer responses, it will be difficult for manufacturers to know whether the products will do well in the rural market or not.”
LOOKING FORWARD New commerce at BoEP will not be restricted to businesses filling basic needs pertaining to food, clothing and shelter. The BoEP is waiting for gaining a better access to high-tech services like telecommunications
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
and low-end computers. In fact, for many emerging disruptive technologies (fuel cells, photovoltaic, thin-film microelectronics, nano technology), BoEP may prove to be the most attractive market. However, in order to penetrate effectively, companies need to overcome barriers of localisation, logistics and infrastructure. They need to educate consumers about the implications of their innovative offerings. Finally, they need to view BoEP collectively in terms of its strong community spirit. In other words, manufacturers that apply learnings from their social activities at the BoEP to their key business strategies will be able to develop business that deals effectively and profitably with low-income markets and brings companies home in their quest for an allinclusive growth.
ENGINEERING EXPO CHENNAI 2011
TRACKING
IMPENDING OPPORTUNITIES Chennai has emerged as a hot destination for investments from across the globe. Availability of educated manpower, robust infrastructure, accessibility via different modes of transport are some of the deciding factors that have made the city a preferred destination for several companies from various industry verticals. Trade shows like Engineering Expo have proved to be platforms of growth for the industry to come together under one roof, and help induce the growth of trade & commerce in the region. SHIBANI GHARAT amil Nadu has been have development centres in Chennai. The Enfield, TI Cycles, MRF, etc., have successful in attracting city has also surfaced as an electronic manufacturing plants in the same area. massive investment since manufacturing hub with MNCs like Various petrochemical companies like time immemorial. Today, it Samsung, Nokia, Motorola, Cisco, Dell, Chennai Petro Chemicals, Manali is one of the premier Siemens, Sony-Ericsson, Flextronics and Petrochemicals, Petro Araldite and foreign direct investment Foxconn setting up manufacturing units in pharmaceuticals companies such as Orchid (FDI) destinations in India. The investors the 250-acre Sriperumbudur electronics Pharmaceuticals are situated on the outskirts have capitalised on the strategic location of SEZ. Ericsson and Alcatel have R&D of Chennai. the capital city – Chennai – which today facilities in the region. Besides, R&D facility The presence of big names from the wears the crown of the leader, as far as for Texas Instruments and semiconductor industry provides the local industry an industrial presence is concerned. companies like SPEL and Tessolve are in the opportunity to grow. Participating in an The region remains unarguably the pipeline. industry exhibition is the perfect way to epicentre of investments. Today, it boasts of A large chunk of the Indian automotive showcase technology, exchange ideas, and being a hub for several industry verticals. industry is based in Chennai. Almost 30 per meet & interact with customers as well as From IT to automotive, logistics competitors. It also helps in & material handling to textiles & A large chunk of the Indian automotive industry is based leveraging the opportunities put apparels, medicine to forth by the presence of such in Chennai. The presence of big names from the industry diverse industry verticals. petrochemical, Chennai plays host to several industry provide an at the Expo provides the local industry an opportunity “Exhibitions domains. opportunity to interact with to grow. business buyers, understand PRESENCE OF their expectations and develop INDUSTRY BIGWIGS cent of India’s automobile industry and 35 innovative technologies,” says S Sriram, Several software companies like Accenture, per cent of its auto ancillary industry is based National Sales Manager, Boge Compressed Cognizant Technology Solutions, CSC, in & around this region. Further, several Air Systems. Boge manufactures a range of EDS, HCL, HP, IBM, Infosys, Satyam, Sun global automotive companies such as Ford, oil-lubricated & oil-free screw and piston Microsystems, Symantec, TCS, Verizon, BMW, Hyundai, Mitsubishi, TVS, Ashok compressors. The company has participated Wipro, US Technology Resources, etc., Leyland, Nissan-Renault, Caterpillar, Royal in all the four cities of Engineering Expo.
T
Chennai | 11-13 Mar, 2011 Engineering Expo, organised by Infomedia 18 Ltd, is one of the biggest events in the country dedicated to the engineering industry. The 2009-10 edition witnessed business transactions worth over ` 150 crore. Launched in Ahmedabad in 2002, the event today boasts of a huge visitor turnout. The Expo is a preferred destination for SMEs and manufacturing & engineering companies to transact, network, tie-up and exchange ideas for the growth of the industry. After flagging off Engineering Expo 2010-11 in three cities – Pune, Ahmedabad and Indore – this season of the Expo will conclude with Engineering Expo Chennai. According to S Prabhakar, Marketing Representative, Bois Technologies, “This is the 4th time we are participating in Engineering Expo Chennai. In the previous years, the event has been a good experience and helped us generate a lot of leads.” Along with SMEs, Engineering Expo Chennai will see participation of some of the renowned names from the industry. Atlas Copco India, FEIN Power Tools, Tussor Machine Tools, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions, Pathak Machines International, Nilkamal, Emtex Machinery, Boge Compressors, Toshnitek, Sri Yantra Engineering, Rittal India, etc., and several other major manufacturing industry players will be participating in Engineering Expo Chennai.
EXCELLENT CONNECTIVITY Chennai is well-connected through major roads such as Oragadam Industrial Corridor Road, East Coast Road, NH-44, NH-45, a major seaport, railway station and also has
an international airport. The road & rail network provides great connectivity to major cities like Bengaluru & Mumbai and several other major western & northern cities. Waterways connect Chennai with many countries in Asia and beyond. This has also led to infrastructure development in the form of logistics hubs by logistics players such as DHL, Realtime
looking at the need to support industrial growth with the formation of planned urban infrastructure.
LARGEST SME GATHERING Engineering Expo is one of India’s largest SME gatherings. Every year, it boasts of profuse industry participation from various verticals, some of which include machine
Considered to be one of the most preferred platforms to grow business by the 1,000+ companies that participated in Engineering Expo in the previous editions, this year’s Expo promises more business than ever before. Logistics and Shri Kailash Logistics in the region. “There are several regions in India that have grown into major industrial hubs owing to massive investments from domestic as well as international players. But Chennai has an advantage over other regions. It owes its strategic advantage to an established infrastructure and excellent multimodal connectivity, a huge manufacturing presence, demand base and supplier presence,” avers Sudhanva Jategaonkar, Associate Vice President – B2B Publishing, Infomedia 18, a Network 18 Group company, and the organiser of Engineering Expo Chennai.
ADEQUATE GOVERNMENT SUPPORT The Government of Tamil Nadu has been promoting industrial growth through various initiatives to make the state a hub for manufacturing. Currently, the state ranks third in terms of development of SEZs in the country. The various places where SEZs are being set up in Tamil Nadu are Hosur, Tuticorin, Ennore, Tirunelveli and Vandalur. The government has realised that the future investments will be centred around the emerging industrial centres. “SEZ helps in economic and industrial development of the state. It also helps in bringing investments and creating employment & business opportunities for the locals. The government is making efforts in the right direction to help the industry prosper,” states Jategaonkar. The two leading agencies of the state – the Tamil Nadu Industrial Development Corporation (TIDCO) and the State Industries Promotion Corporation of Tamil Nadu (SIPCOT) – that help sustain industrial growth of the state are now
tools & accessories, process machinery & equipment, material handling equipment, hydraulics & pneumatics, automation & instrumentation, electrical & electronics, IT products & services, light & medium engineering, safety & security, packaging machinery, etc. Considered to be one of the most preferred platforms to grow business by the 1,000+ companies that participated in Engineering Expo in the previous editions, this year’s Expo promises more business than ever before. Showcasing some of the pioneering engineering solutions and technologies for the visitors, Engineering Expo Chennai has participation from a variety of industry verticals. “Initiatives like Engineering Expo in the past have proved to be principal platforms for this thriving industry to grow beyond measure. Exhibition and trade shows have been utilised as an effective medium to generate business leads, and launch new products & services. Engineering Expo has helped several SMEs in this region to spread awareness about their businesses,” says Jategaonkar. The investment pipeline for Chennai is indeed robust, and many prospective investors are eyeing the region closely. Platforms such as Engineering Expo help foster trade and commerce in the region. Engineering Expo is an ideal medium through which several businesses can reach out and spread awareness to these prospective investors about their products. Indeed, the Expo proves to be a perfect combination of a vast range of exhibitors, spacious venue, state-of-the-art amenities and humungous visitor turnout – the most crucial factor for any exhibitor.
ASSET MANAGEMENT
SPRUCING UP ASSETS BEFORE DEMAND REBOUNDS
10
SIMPLE STEPS
For companies across the globe, 2009, the year of the ‘great recession’, has been all about survival, cutting workforce and other expenses. However, these companies are starting to see some signs of a rebound in demand with the revival of the global economy. But are these companies and their assets prepared to capitalise on this increased business when the demand arrives? Here are 10 specific tasks that can be proactively deployed now to help prepare a company’s physical assets and mitigate the risks associated with higher levels of demand.
1
uring the downturn, many companies were forced to let go experienced maintenance technicians and PROPER IDENTIFICATION OF VALUE STREAMS, production operators, reduce production shifts, CONSTRAINT AND CRITICAL EQUIPMENT idled equipment and spent the bare minimum, if anything, on maintaining their assets. Popular techniques included stopping all As demand for business or products returns and new business comes preventive maintenance activities and scavenging or cannibalising in, it is important for companies to consider the impact that the parts needed to repair equipment from idled equipment instead of additional volume will have on their flow and throughput. Unless one repairing or procuring new replacement parts. Other techniques chose to outsource a specific portion of the prior process or included putting replacement of worn-out equipment on hold, downsized capacity through equipment rationalisation, one would be that is, at the end of its useful life and in general spending as little as likely to have had little or virtually no capacity constraints during the possible to maintain their equipment or make minor repairs. past year. Demand recovery or prior products coupled with demand While this approach generated by new business can quickly might effectively Done poorly, maintenance can lead to unreliable result in capacity constraints. At what contribute to some short assets breaking down at inopportune times. Done well, point should additional shifts be added? term savings and Should entire shifts be added or just maintenance can be an enabler of a productive, quality additional shifts for equipment that is improvement in cash oriented profitable business. flow, especially in an capacity constrained? If new products environment where a utilise some but not all of the company has excess capacity and customer delivery demands are equipment in a value stream, how does it affect the capacity or subservient to price, it can also result in significant costs. Worst of all, throughput? Such questions should be analysed thoroughly. it can cripple a business once demand returns to put new stress on production capacity. Here are 10 specific tasks that can be proactively deployed now GENERAL INSPECTION OF CONSTRAINT AND to help prepare a company’s physical assets and mitigate the risks CRITICAL EQUIPMENT associated with higher levels of demand. While these are not new to anyone in the industry, they do offer a cohesive approach to costA general inspection of the equipment should be performed to effectively squeeze the maximum performance out of capital address questions like: Is the constraint and critical equipment in good assets.
D
2
114
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
ASSET MANAGEMENT
working condition? Are there Involvement of operators in helping to maintain the those activities to minimise cost significant leaks - missing and disruption to the operation. equipment should be ensured. Operators who are properly Making these improvements fasteners, missing/broken safety trained and engaged in autonomous maintenance tasks to proactively, before production devices, broken wires, valves, gauges, etc? Have filters been maintain the equipment can make a tremendous impact on gets ramped up, can help properly maintained? Are the companies avoid producing reducing breakdowns and increasing production uptime. proper procedures for locking poor or inconsistent quality out and tagging out the products, wasting efforts on equipment defined and posted on the equipment? expensive rework or having late/missed shipments; all of which will Often, it is necessary to re-instill the discipline to clean specific disappoint customers and could result in lost business. areas of the equipment – removing chips, debris or fluids that may have built up and started to affect the quality or potential longevity of the process. Depending upon the level of deterioration, this could be RE-EVALUATION OF CRITICAL SPARE accomplished through a Kaizen event focussed on cleaning the REPLACEMENT PARTS equipment for a more thorough inspection. All non-conforming issues should be noted, documented with a specific work order, A comprehensive list of critical spare replacement parts identified for captured in the computerised maintenance management systems each constraint and critical equipment should be prepared on high (CMMS) and planned/scheduled for repair at the first convenient, priority. Ideally, a robust process should be used for the purpose. available time. Care must be taken to ensure that each of the critical spare parts has a specific parts plan identified and documented. Proper part numbers, suppliers, cost and appropriate lead times for each part should be UTILISATION OF PDM TECHNOLOGY FOR A identified. DEEPER EVALUATION Once this is done, one needs to determine which items to stock and at what level & how to handle the items that are not being There might be hidden issues that could be detected with nonstocked. Vendor managed inventory, consignment, repair versus intrusive predictive maintenance (PdM) technology. Utilisation of replace and other strategies may be appropriate and cost-effective ultrasonic equipment would help detect hard-to-find leaks. Infrared ways to mitigate risk and minimise cost. Many companies and OEMs cameras reveal hot spots caused by loose or broken connections and chose to reduce the inventory levels they maintained during the past bearings or motors that may be on the verge of a failure. Condition year. As a result, parts may have longer lead times or in some cases of specific bearings, motors, spindles and rotating shafts could be the supplier may have gone out of business all together. Once the assessed with the help of vibration equipment. An analysis of the plan with appropriate stocking levels has been established, the fluids should be performed to look for abnormal wear or contamination maintenance parts crib and the system should be audited to confirm that could drastically reduce the longevity of the equipment or lead to that inventory levels match the plan and the actual physical parts catastrophic failure of the process. Results should be documented available are properly reflected in the system. and repair work planned/scheduled for non-conforming items. This is extremely important if the discipline to sustain a proper cycle counting programme during the past year has not been maintained. Prioritisation of items below planned levels should be done followed by determination of methods to replenish them and EVALUATION OF TOTAL EQUIPMENT the items needed to execute the plan should be proactively procured. CAPABILITY Poor identification, inaccurate information or a poor plan for spare parts can have a devastating effect on an organisation’s ability to satisfy Can the process consistently run quality parts within the allotted cycle customers. time? New business/products may stress the capability of current equipment. A complete machine health assessment (MHA) should be performed to evaluate the capability and reliability of the RE-EVALUATION OF PM TASKS FOR equipment. An MHA is similar to a detailed health assessment by a CONSTRAINT AND CRITICAL EQUIPMENT doctor or at a specialised health facility on an annual basis or at a specific age. An MHA for equipment will incorporate the appropriate Has the execution of preventive maintenance (PM) for constraint sophisticated diagnostic equipment and tests to evaluate alignment, and critical equipment been reduced, ignored, turned-off or dynamic performance and potential reliability. Diagnostic tests like stopped during the past year? What may have been or seemed like spindle analysis, motor analysis, ball bar analysis, laser alignment and an adequate level during the past year probably is not well suited to levelling can provide important information regarding the quality, sustain optimum performance as demand increases and capacity repeatability and reliability of the equipment. becomes constrained. Did unplanned maintenance related The MHA typically results in a detailed report that gives you the downtime increase during the past year? Was there a higher raw data and provides recommendations regarding equipment frequency of breakdowns or corrective maintenance activities? The repairs or improvements. The recommendations can be categorised prior PM should be reviewed against the type of breakdowns that as nuances, important and critical to allow informed decisions to be occurred. made as to which performance criteria will be addressed and to plan
5
3 4
6
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
115
ASSET MANAGEMENT
the knowledge and skills to properly maintain, troubleshoot and repair the equipment. During the past year many Maintenance is a support service with a goal of maximising operational performance, companies lost or laid off experienced equipment availability, equipment performance and equipment longevity in a costmaintenance technicians. Even if the effective manner. company didn’t downsize maintenance staff, they are likely to have minimised or Routinely reviewing specific operational performance in conjunction with the maintenance eliminated much of the training programmes metrics for specific operational areas and ensuring they are aligned is one of the best or expenses. Now may be the right time ways to create an effective partnership between an organisation’s maintenance and to reinvest in training current staff to ensure operational personnel. that they can effectively handle issues that Make sure that the maintenance technicians have the knowledge and skills to properly will arise as production and throughput maintain, troubleshoot and repair the equipment. increase, thereby stressing the plant’s capacity. The controls, PLCs and systems Would the prior PM tasks, if executed on plan, have addressed or associated with constraint and critical equipment should be eliminated the frequency or type of failures? If so, it may simply be reviewed. A skills matrix of maintenance personnel should be required to reinstate and execute the previous plan. If not, one could created. This matrix can be developed in a highly scientific method research whether there is a cost effective PM task that can be utilising tests and proof of performance demonstrations or simply by developed to mitigate the risk and evaluate how PdM technologies utilising input from maintenance peers, maintenance leadership and might be incorporated or expanded to help mitigate risk and reduce internal operational customers of prior maintenance support. unplanned breakdowns. Specific training plans for each of the technicians should be developed One thing is certain – additional production demand will increase that target the skills and abilities required to support the specific the risk, reduce the timing and increase the probability of failures controls, PLC and systems that make up the constraint and critical occurring. A robust, well-executed PM plan can help reduce that risk equipment. It should also be ensured that each one of them is properly trained and increase uptime. in and capable of solving problems and performing root cause analysis. Proper utilisation of these tools will help transform the maintenance effort from constant fire-fighting to one where the root INTEGRATION OF PRODUCTION OPERATORS cause for issue is determined and mitigated or eliminated from INTO THE MAINTENANCE PLAN reoccurring in the future.
QUICK TAKE
7
Involvement of operators in helping to maintain the equipment should be ensured. Operators who are properly trained and engaged in autonomous maintenance tasks to maintain the equipment can make a tremendous impact on reducing breakdowns and increasing production uptime. The level of engagement will vary from company to company, much of which will depend upon the company’s overall manufacturing strategy and the culture that leadership has fostered over the years. If the company culture is conducive to engaging the operators and the leadership has the discipline to implement the accountability required to sustain the process, it could positively affect the machine performance, operator attitudes and free up valuable maintenance resources to concentrate on more complex, higher value activities to drive additional performance enhancements throughout the operation. While it takes some time to identify, set-up and train operators to properly perform the appropriate cleaning, inspection and lubrication tasks, the payback can be quite valuable. Presumptions should not be made that the operator knows or should know what he needs to do. It is important to invest the time to do it right and get the buy-in of the operators and their direct level of supervision.
8
IMPARTING PROPER SKILLS AND TRAINING TO MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS It is important to make sure that the maintenance technicians have
116
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
9
REVIEW, ESTABLISHMENT AND ALIGNMENT OF METRICS Is the maintenance staff engaged and aligned with the operation? Do maintenance personnel participate in operational meetings and engage in helping the operation personnel resolve issues that effect scrap and throughput for a specific area? What data or information is maintenance personnel collecting to determine whether the maintenance strategy and activities are providing value to customers, operators and operational leadership that they support? Is the data aligned and consistent with the data that operations team is collecting? Why or why not? It is not uncommon for maintenance personnel to use broad, general, high-level information or data to assess their overall effectiveness or performance while departmental operation leadership complains about maintenance support for their specific area and using maintenance as an excuse for their less than desirable performance. All maintenance data should be reviewed, established and aligned in order to monitor critical and constraint machinery. Wherever possible, it should be brought to a level of granularity that it can be aligned with operational performance data and reconcile the maintenance data or metrics against the operation performance metrics on a frequent basis. Maintenance is a support service with a goal of maximising operational performance, equipment availability, equipment
ASSET MANAGEMENT
performance and equipment longevity in a cost-effective manner. Routinely reviewing specific operational performance in conjunction with the maintenance metrics for specific operational areas and ensuring they are aligned is one of the best ways to create an effective partnership between an organisation’s maintenance and operational personnel.
plants; each having a vastly different maintenance approach. The cost of downtime, in relative and real terms, varies depending upon the level that current production demand utilises of the total plant capacity.
IN THE LONG RUN
Many companies have gotten away with a ‘Russian roulette’ approach to maintenance in the past year. One might get away with a reduced focus on quality maintenance for a little while during a business EXPANSION OF APPROACH TO COVER NONenvironment like that of the period of recession. However, continuing CONSTRAINT AND NON-CRITICAL EQUIPMENT this approach will limit the ability to capitalise on new potential sales as demand returns. Competition is very intense today and there are Once the nine steps above are completed with a focus a number of competitors fighting for every piece of business. on the constraint and critical equipment, the list of the remaining Customers demand a reliable source of supply at very competitive assets or equipment should be prices. reviewed, prioritised into Done poorly, maintenance As demand for business or products returns and new can lead to unreliable assets groups or subsequent phases and business comes in, it is important for companies to breaking down at inopportune the process should be systematically implemented on consider the impact that the additional volume will times. Done well, maintenance each group. It needs to be can be an enabler of a productive, have on their flow and throughput. determined whether it merits quality oriented profitable implementing this approach on business. By investing in people, every piece of equipment or just to a certain level. Common groups process and deploying the appropriate approach in the present, a of the same type of equipment within or between multiple plants company can prepare and position itself to take advantage of the should be looked into. opportunities that materialise as the economy rebounds. There are The comprehensive maintenance approach could be no short cuts; one really does get out of it what one puts into it. developed for one piece of equipment and implemented on all of Mike Fitzgerald, Director – Lean And Reliability Services, Advanced Technology them within the enterprise. Unfortunately, it is far too common to Services, Inc. find companies that have identical equipment located in multiple
10
118
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
PG NO. 119 SEARCH FEB 2011 AD NAME: MITSUBHISHI SEARCH FEB 2011 AD NAME: MITSUBHISHI
PG NO. 119
SEARCH FEB 2011 AD NAME: VENUS PG NO. 120 SEARCH FEB 2011 AD NAME: VENUS
PG NO. 120
A
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IS LYS
SPOSAL /DI
LECTION COL
RE C YC
L
G IN
NA
CHURNING ASSETS
RECOV ER Y
PRASENJIT CHAKRABORTY
T
FROM WASTE TATION PO R NS RA
oday, in The main objective of India, small CETP is to reduce the and medium treatment cost for individual enterprises units while protecting the (SMEs) constitute a environment.” majority of companies What TACKLING WASTE across industries, which contribute The growing concern over environment significantly to the country’s economy. is waste for one pollution is resulting in an increased focus According to a report by the Government process can well be input resource on recycling in India, which is catching of India, around three million SMEs are for another. Taking due cognisance of the up swiftly among the modern currently operational in the country, fact, industry associations and government are civilisation. The consumption habits generating over 40 per cent of the and changing lifestyles of consumers nation’s GDP. However, in spite of taking steps to establish industrial sustainability are adding on to the mounting their significant role in the economic and ecological safety through waste minimisation and waste problem. Industrialisation development of India, SMEs are development of cleaner production technologies. By and economic growth is creating responsible for over 70 per cent of adopting new practices, several SMEs have benefited excessive waste, which is hazardous industrial pollution, which poses a in terms of waste management and also boosted and toxic. There is a growing serious threat to the environment. realisation of the negative impact that This widespread pollution emanated their revenue generation through resource wastes have on the local environment by SMEs is largely attributed to the optimisation. However, the process is (air, water, land, etc) and human health. obsolete technologies they employ for slow and needs to traverse a long The per capita waste generation has various applications and a general lack of distance. increased and is expected to soar with the awareness about it. growing population, wealth and consumerism “SMEs contribute to around 70 per cent of throughout the country. Approaches to solve this waste industrial production, the organised and unorganised problem in a scalable and sustainable manner would lead to the sectors taken together, so in all probability they would contribute to creation of a model that uses waste as an input in the production of pollution proportionately. No doubt, industrial pollution is a threat, commodities, making waste management a true profit centre. “The but just legislation and regulation are not enough to tackle the conversion of waste as a potential source of energy is valuable as a problem. Small steps taken by each of us can significantly contribute supplement feedstock for the rapidly developing manufacturing to the reduction of waste generation and pollution, besides enhancing sectors. A variety of new technologies are being used and developed business competitiveness. Anything that needs to be controlled, first for the production of bio-fuels, which are capable of converting needs to be measured,” points out Naushad Forbes, chairman, wastes into heat, power, fuels or chemical feedstock,” observes Dr Western Region, CII & director, Forbes Marshall. Nayak. According to Dr P Nayak, director, market research, Textiles According to him, thermal technologies like gasification, pyrolysis, Committee, Ministry of Textiles, Government of India, “The best thermal depolymerisation, plasma arc gasification, and non-thermal remedy to address this problem is to set up common effluent technologies like anaerobic digestion, fermentation, etc. are a number treatment plants (CETP). CETP involves treating effluents by means of new and emerging technologies that enable production of energy of a collective effort mainly for a cluster of small-scale industrial units.
T
122
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
from waste and other fuels without direct combustion. Biodegradable wastes are processed by composting, vermicomposting, anaerobic digestion or other appropriate biological processing for the stabilisation of wastes. Moreover, materials like plastics, paper and metals need to be recycled for future use. It has now become imperative that the current approach of waste disposal in India, which is focussed on municipalities and uses high energy/high technology should move towards waste processing and waste recycling (that involves public-private partnerships aiming at eventual waste minimisation) driven at the community level, and using low energy/low technology resources. The indiscriminate and improper dumping of solid waste, often mixed with hazardous wastes like medical waste without treatment raises several serious environmental issues, including the loss of reusable resources such as metals, plastics, glass, and loss of potential resources such as compost from organic waste, energy from burnable waste, etc. Contamination of land and water bodies due to discharge of hazardous materials, and air pollution due to emission from burning and release of methane from anaerobic decomposition also remain major concerns. Risks to human health (respiratory problems, skin and other diseases, and long-term impacts due to dioxins, etc) and spread of various diseases by vectors in areas near landfill sites are critical issues that need to be dealt with.
CURRENT SCENARIO OF WASTE MANAGEMENT INITIATIVES Effluent treatment plants in textile industry In case of textile industry, the discharge of chemical and other effluent materials from processing houses is one of the areas leading to environmental pollution. Its scale of operation and the dispersal of harmful materials across the country poses an unmanageable problem in the handling of the pollutants. Of late, the Central and state governments have taken various steps to curb pollution caused due to harmful chemicals and effluents by certain treatments. The effluent treatment plants (ETPs) have been made compulsory for all the processing units. “Besides individual ETP attached to the processing industry, few
124
QUICK TAKE Recycling benefits Conserves natural resources such as wood, water and minerals Saves energy because less energy is used to manufacture brand new products Produces less greenhouse gases because industries burn fewer fossil fuels Recycling programmes cost less than waste disposal programmes Certain recyclable products offer earning opportunities Recycling centres create jobs for the waste disposal industry and prevent the destruction of natural habitats. locations have developed common treatment plants to treat the effluents discharged from a group of processing units. The common treatment plant phenomenon is more noticeable in the textile processing centre of Tirupur,” says Dr Nayak. The treatments carried out in a plant could be at different levels. “According to the level of treatment, they are termed as primary, secondary and tertiary. Most of the units, whether composite, semi-composite or independent, treat the effluents up to the secondary level; only few have the tertiary level treatment facility at present,” he points out. As mentioned earlier, many units have ETPs, which cater to the needs of the
CETPs are waiting for additional memberships. Most of the CETPs are in the secondary level. “We expect this service will be the ultimate solution for effluent treatment and also proves to be a great support system to the MSMEs for getting services at lower cost to remain competitive,” asserts Dr Nayak. Extracting heat energy It has been observed that waste for one process can well be input resource for another. Let us take the example of waste heat. Waste heat recovery is a huge subject matter by itself and leads to substantial savings in energy. There is an enormous scope for extracting heat energy from various heat generating sources viz. boilers,
SMEs contribute to around 70 per cent of industrial production, the organised and unorganised sectors taken together, so in all probability they would contribute to pollution proportionately. No doubt, industrial pollution is a threat, but just legislation and regulation are not enough to tackle the problem. Small steps taken by each of us can significantly contribute to the reduction of waste generation and pollution, besides enhancing business competitiveness. NAUSHAD FORBES, Chairman, Western Region, CII & Director, Forbes Marshall
respective processing units. Over a period, CETPs have come into existence, providing services to a group of processing houses. The phenomena of CETP has been witnessed in textile hubs of Tirupur, Karur, Mumbai, Jaipur, etc. Currently, as many as 27 CETPs have been identified and are meeting the requirements of more than 400 processing units. In addition, several CETPs are in the construction stage. The range of services per CETP is between 5 and 37. Some
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
power generators (gensets), furnaces, etc. “Typically in case of oil or gas fired boilers, about 10 to 15 per cent heat generated is wasted; 15 to 25 per cent in case of solid fuel boilers; and 50 to 60 per cent in case of gensets. Even if 50 per cent of the wasted heat is recovered by way of generating steam, heating process water or air, a huge fuel saving can be achieved,” points out Forbes. There are various methods of harnessing this energy, which are getting wasted.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Main objectives of common effluent treatment plants (CETP) To achieve ‘economies of scale’ in waste treatment, thereby reducing the cost of pollution abatement for individual factory To minimise the problem of lack of technical assistance and trained personnel as fewer plants require fewer people To solve the problem of lack of space as the centralised facility can be planned in advance to ensure adequate availability of space To reduce the problem of monitoring for the pollution control boards To organise the disposal of treated wastes and sludge; and to improve the recycling and reuse possibilities. Adopting cleaner production techniques A huge amount of waste can be prevented by employing cleaner methods of production and cutting down wasteful use of resources. Citing an example, Jayshri Jamliya, manager, clean development mechanism, Ecolutions Carbon India, says, “It has been observed that some dye manufacturers use 1,000 litre of sulphuric acid when there is requirement of only 100 litre to produce 700 metric tonne of dye. This amounts to a huge quantity of waste, which is detrimental to environment.” In this scenario, when a manufacturer does not maintain the standard method or procedure during manufacturing, then he wastes 900 litre of acid. “However, the scenario has changed now and many dye manufacturers have adopted cleaner production tools,” she adds. Staying with the dye manufacturing industry, it churns out tonnes of gypsum waste and this solid waste gets dumped at a particular site. “Gypsum is a useful raw material for cement industry. Realising this, the dye manufacturers have now started selling gypsum to cement industry. Such waste-exchange processes will help maintain the environmental balance as well as enable proper utilisation of waste,” points out Jamliya.
GOVERNMENT INITIATIVES FOR CLEANER PRODUCTION Realising the necessity of cleaner production, the government has initiated projects for the same. Conceived as part of an integrated project through the National Productivity Council (NPC) in 1995-96, the Waste Minimisation Circle (WMC) is a government initiative aimed at developing cleaner production technologies and sharing information on pollution prevention. The
126
second phase of the project, commenced in 1997-98, aimed at enhancing the SME awareness on cleaner production practices. Since its establishment, the project has benefited several SME units in terms of resource optimisation and regulatory compliance. For example, SSK Distillery, a small alcohol distillation unit in Maharashtra had an alcohol production capacity of 30 kilolitre per day. Earlier, the facility faced problems pertaining to inefficient treatment of spent wash, resulting in excessive waste generation and regulatory issues. Later, it adopted the dual biofermcen process, a modified fermentation process developed through WMC efforts. The technology reduced the spent wash generation by 40 per cent and increased the production capacity by 100 per cent. In another instance, Dintex Dyechem, a mid-level dye chemical manufacturing firm in Ahmedabad, produced around 150 tonne of vinyl sulfone every month. As the chemical is included in the government’s list of highly toxic agents, the manufacturing unit was under strict surveillance by regulatory agencies monitoring environmental pollution. The company adopted WMC methodology to assess the existing pollutant load and the scope for reducing the load as well as optimising resources such as energy and raw materials. After the implementation of WMC methodology, it had registered annual savings of Rs 2 crore on operations like acid recovery, wastewater treatment and product recovery. Similarly, Cobra Carbide, the Bengalurubased tool manufacturing company also utilises the waste generated during manufacturing properly. “The waste rods that have been generated during the course of production are accounted and stored
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
properly. Whenever we need to produce small length products, we salvage those tools and manufacture the required products out of it,” notes Baskar B, head operations, Cobra Carbide.
CHANGING THE MINDSET It has been often said that the mindset of entrepreneurs is one of the main problems in this direction. However, a closer look tells that there are a number of practical problems. Many companies do not even know that there exist sophisticated treatment methods to recycle waste. So, the most important issue in this direction is to disseminate information to the industry and make them aware about the latest technologies available for waste management. Forbes strongly believes that more awareness is required about the technologies available in the country and overseas. “Many organisations are more than willing to share their expertise on the subject and we need to tap them. There are really no major stumbling blocks so to say, neither the technology nor the finance is lacking. There is always a cost-effective solution to pollution. In such a scenario, it becomes our duty to impart knowledge to SMEs about the various methods available to treat waste before disposing it into the environment. I think this way we would be able to reduce pollution level to a marginal extent,” he exhorts. Presence of unorganised players also poses a bigger challenge in the way of effective waste management. Though many of the industries like textiles are in clusters, there is a lack of homogeneity in the other small-scale industrial clusters, thus preventing the setting up of CETP. “One of the major problems associated with this is the improper disposal of wastes. Hence, there is a clear need for a multi-stakeholder partnership for proper waste management in all stages–collection, transportation, treatment, and disposal, but especially at the source where it is generated–and integrate it with policies that encourage the 3Rs–Reduce, Reuse and Recycle,” observes Dr Nayak. Looking at all these critical issues, it is time for combined efforts from the government as well as industry stalwarts to take necessary steps in this direction to educate and empower SMEs on the aspect of waste management to reduce pollution levels to a significant extent.
STRATEGIC THINKING
NURTURING RIGHT TALENT FOR SCALING-UP BUSINESS
The ever-changing market dynamics compel both small and large firms alike to scale-up business by way of strategic thinking. More so, SMEs feel the maximum pressure in such scenarios, as they have to protect their position with whatever little resources they have, be it financial or managerial resources. Such situations underpin the need for building the right team and nurturing the right talent for scalingup business. Adopting this strategy, among others, would ensure sustainable and profitable growth.
128
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
STRATEGIC THINKING
ost of the SMEs–in fact all or even provide an entrepreneurial dimensions. The first one as mentioned of them–at some stage in environment for growth like their larger earlier is the inability of SMEs to attract the their growth journey face counterparts. However, the one thing they right talent, by not leveraging their natural the dilemma of why, when have, which their larger counterparts do advantages of providing an entrepreneurial and how to scale-up the not have, is flexibility and the learning environment and much richer job contents size of their enterprise to opportunities they can provide to people for each role. The second dimension, which the next level. The answer to why can be with zeal to learn. Most large companies is also very important, is the inability of the found by strategic thinking. Firms that do have rigid hierarchies, a plethora of entrepreneur to identify his own weaknesses not think strategically well in time and departments and narrow job descriptions as an individual and bring in the right people proactively, could be compelled by the for each individual, making the individual a to fill those positions or roles. market forces to react and take actions– cog-in-the-wheel, despite fancy designations Let us take the example of an including scaling-up, or face a real threat of and handsome compensations & perks. entrepreneur having a background in being overtaken or ruined by larger and The jobs in SME firms are more finance–say a chartered accountant, who more powerful competitors. entrepreneurial in nature and this is the sets up a business in the area of manufacturing The answer to the next question about single-largest reason why some very engineering goods. When this entrepreneur when to scale-up can also be partially found talented professionals are drawn to SMEs, started his business, he was probably aware in the strategic thinking process. If a firm has despite the lure of higher compensation of everything or more than what was not adopted the path of strategic planning, and relative brand value of larger companies. necessary to know for a start-up. However, then the ‘when’ is forced by market The SME job roles even at mid-managerial as the business grew, while he would have dynamics, which include action by levels are more meaningful, encompass a a tremendous understanding and grasp of competitors. In this situation, the firm does larger–usually multifunctional–expertise and the financial aspects, he would have to not have many options and has to depend on someone with a per-force take decisions to protect The jobs in SME firms are more entrepreneurial specialised knowledge to its position in the market or risk understand the engineering in nature and this is the single-largest reason why nuances of product development, losing at least some or all of its customers, and hence, the entire some very talented professionals are drawn to SMEs, establishing the right quality business. It is painful to see many despite the lure of higher compensation and relative processes, besides relying on HR successful small firms go down the and sales & marketing brand value of larger companies. path of extinction, just because professionals to strengthen their they failed to react to market respective areas. All this would offer incomparable learning opportunities forces in time or did not do so adequately, be necessary to ensure that the business to an individual. SMEs should effectively because of a number of factors–both grows in a stable and sustainable fashion. leverage this natural advantage that they internal and external. Many entrepreneurs fail to see the need have, by virtue of their size, to attract good Firms that are agile, proactive, and think and urgency of building the right team at the talent to their shores. strategically, as well as remain ahead of the right time. Many of them continue to believe curve, knowing that they must change that they know everything, and hence, can FINANCE AND MANAGERIAL before the market forces them to do so, scale-up the business on their own. With RESOURCES are confronted with the third key question such a mindset, they sometimes fail to In a recent research conducted by Milagrow of ‘how’. There is no straight or simple identify the areas of their weakness–which Business & Knowledge Solutions, it was answer to this question, since the answer to may be critical to the success of the business. found that the top two reasons for sickness ‘how’ is usually a ‘recipe’ of different Many engineer entrepreneurs with a good among MSMEs in India were lack of finance ingredients, based on the specific industry track record get into manufacturing of and managerial resources. The study found dynamics as well as internal strengths and engineered goods, which are sold in the that 74 per cent and 71 per cent of the weaknesses of each firm, and its ability to consumer markets. Household appliances MSMEs suffered due to inadequacy in these harness financial, marketing and technology industry is one example of such products. two resources viz finances and managerial resources. However, almost in all cases, the The key strength in this business in addition resources respectively. Interestingly, common challenge hindering the growth of to engineering is the ability to effectively set competition was a factor with the lowest SMEs is pertaining to building capable up and serve a strong dealer network. Sales impact and came at eighth position and 31 teams. and marketing, therefore, becomes a key per cent of the SME population seemed to function for the successful scaling-up of such BUILDING A STRONG TEAM be affected by this and reach sickness. a business. There are also cases where an Bringing in the right talent and nurturing Inadequate availability of finance for SMEs is excellent salesperson is the entrepreneur them for a long career with the organisation a well documented and widely discussed who starts a unit to manufacture engineered is the biggest common denominator issue including at the apex levels of the products/systems, and fails to build a strong problem for SMEs across industries. Most government, RBI and other banks. engineering team in time, thus creating of the SMEs do not have the brand However, issues related to managerial dissatisfaction among customers on product advantage or visibility to attract good talent. capability (or lack of it) being the secondquality and performance. Any amount of They also lack the financial wherewithal to most important factor affecting 71 per cent sales and marketing cannot compensate for pay market-driven compensation or perks of SMEs is surprising. This problem has two product performance failures, which only
M
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
129
STRATEGIC THINKING
an experienced engineering team can fix. All these factors underline the need to have the right talent and strong team for the SMEs to grow in the different stages of their journey.
CHARTING THE GROWTH
Many entrepreneurs fail to see the need and urgency of building the right team at the right time. Many of them continue to believe that they know everything, and can scale-up the business on their own. With such a mindset, they sometimes fail to identify the areas of their weakness–which may be critical to the success of the business.
Here are some interesting observations by Sanjay Kapoor, the newly promoted CEO of Bharti Airtel, on how an entrepreneurial firm grows and scales up to morph into a professional-run firm. He said, as a start-up, the firm is EE, which means that the entrepreneur is the owner and the entrepreneur is the manager. So the ownership and management is the same hence–2 Es. As the firm grows, it would gradually become EP where the entrepreneur is the owner and the professional becomes a manager. In the final stage, when the firm becomes very large and publicly-owned, then it adopts the shape of a PE, which means that professionals run the company and the entrepreneur assumes the role of a large or dominant investor and focusses on providing strategic
130
guidance and overseeing corporate governance. Beyond the PE stage, when corporations become exceptionally large, diversified and global, the firm acquires the PP form, which means, large institutional investors like investment funds and banks own the firm and professionals with little or no ownership run the company. A majority of SMEs in India are EE. In their bid to scale-up, they must consciously embrace the EP structure. In India, and also in developed economies, some large companies operate on the basis of the EP model, but the authority and functions of the entrepreneur (owner) and the professional (management) is very clearly demarcated. Successful examples of PE companies in India are the Tata Group
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
companies, Bharti Airtel, Aditya Birla Group companies, Mahindra & Mahindra Group and several others. Examples of PP in India are companies like L&T, ITC, etc.
BRIDGING THE SKILL GAP
In summary, the learning for an SME is that the entrepreneur should conduct strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis on his/her capabilities or that of the current small team and map them on the competencies that maybe required in managing the next level of scale. In addition, based on the analysis, whatever gap exists, in terms of skills and competencies, must be bridged by bringing in people with the required skills necessary to attain sustainable and profitable growth. Lalit Kumar Pahwa is an industry expert and business strategist. He has been CEO of various Indian companies and MNCs during their growth and turnaround phases. He assists companies to strategise, grow and transform into world class organisations. Email: lalit@deltasquare.co.in
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Pune 2010
CREATING A PERFECT TRADE ECOSYSTEM Establishing an ecosystem in sync with industrial growth, Engineering Expo Pune 2010, has kept its promise in generating business well beyond expectations. Creating a perfect platform for networking, the event became a centre stage for both visitors as well as exhibitors. A report… SUMEDHA MAHOREY riven by a robust manufacturing atmosphere, the Indian economy has grown by 8.8 per cent in the first quarter of 2010 – the fastest pace in the last three years. With this growth slated to continue, the industrial sector needs to bridge the rapidly widening gap between demand and supply in the industrial landscape. Here comes the crucial role of trade shows, which act as the one-point contact
D
platform for all sectors of the industry to share their know-how, understand their customers’ demands and analyse the upcoming trends in the industry as well as bridge the demand-supply gap with the right product offerings. One such successful trade show that brought both parties of the industrial ecosystem – buyers and sellers – under one platform was Engineering Expo Pune held at Auto Cluster Exhibition Center at Pimpri-Chinchwad from November 19-22, 2010.
A SUCCESS STORY Engineering Expo Pune provided exhibitors an opportunity to reach out to global giants who are visiting India to find prospective partners. Elaborating on the role of Engineering Expo in generating business leads, Pankaj Kanherkar, Sr Territory Manager, Aventura Components, avers, “Engineering Expo has offered Indian companies a good opportunity to promote their products, especially at a time when MNCs are visiting India. The Expo offers scope for
THE GRANDEUR BEGINS… The Expo Exhibitors’ Directory unveiling ceremony witnessed the gracious presence of distinguished guests and industry stalwarts. Speaking on the occasion, Farook Merchant, Chairman & MD, Messung Group of Companies, highlighted the role of trade fairs in the growth story of Indian manufacturing. He says, “Trade shows are the best way to introduce your business to your customers. This is one place where you can meet all your customers at one go. Unlike in a marketplace, here your customers come to you. In short, trade shows are the enabling vehicles to make success a surety.” Adding further, he articulates, “We grew our business only on trade shows, and my journey of being an inventor, an entrepreneur and now, a proud part of a very successful organisation, would not have been so enriching if these trade shows did not act as our enabling medium. That is the precise reason why I am here today.” Elaborating on the ‘India Shining’ story at the ceremony, Raja Kochar, MD – India, Eaton Corporation, points out, “The Indian economy has ‘emerged’, and there are statistics and success stories to substantiate this fact. But India’s growth story has not reached the masses.
132
(From L-R) Sandeep Khosla, CEO – Publishing, Infomedia18; Raja Kochar, MD – India, Eaton Corporation; Sadashiv Survase, GM, District Industries Centre, Pune; Farook Merchant, Chairman & MD, Messung Group of Companies; Guy Amoroso, MD, 123 Insight India; Ashish Deshpande, Co-founder, Director & Head – Product Innovation, Elephant Strategy + Design; and Sanjay Jain, AVP – Sales, Kirloskar Oil Engines unveiling the Exhibitors’ Directory.
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
tremendous exchange of ideas. We not only get inputs from customers but also from other participating companies, which helps us upgrade and improvise on our products to meet the growing demands of our clients.” In the current business scenario, buyers seek authenticity before going ahead with any collaboration. Whatever may be the facilitating term, it provided a platform to showcase innovations, and also served as cost-effective platform for product launches. Ramprabhu Nakate, MD, Shalin Constructions, says, “Engineering Expo has given us a good exposure as compared to any other exhibition. We have been participating in Engineering Expo since the last five years. This time, we have launched two new products – cargo trolleys and electric hoister, which can bear a load weighing 2 tonne and 150 metre high.”
BREAKTHROUGHS ACHIEVED… With many success stories and multiple serious business leads, Engineering Expo Pune witnessed 20,397 visitors, while the number of exhibitors reached 235, of which 63 per cent exhibitors
were local players, while 37 per cent exhibitors were outstation players. The total business generated at the Expo crossed ` 85 crore, with a total of 8,123 business leads. The Engineering Expo Pune 2010 edition, an expo class apart from the rest of the trade shows, provided an ideal platform for entrepreneurs to showcase their products and services to many consumers at a reasonable cost. The presence of SMEs as well as government organisations such as National Small Industries Corporation provided the much required backbone for potential manufacturers. Some of the leading companies that showcased their innovative solutions included Atlas Copco (India), Autotech CNC,
Rural India, brimming with prospects and possibilities, remains only partially tapped. And then again, India’s growth story will be incomplete with the bottom of the pyramid not being part of this growth story. So, while we should cheer for what we have achieved, we must also strive to make India’s growth story a holistic one. But this will only happen when there is enough and more networking platforms being created, and technology transfer happens more often. Engineering Expo is one such platform, so utilise it to the fullest.” Highlighting the role of design in gaining competitive advantage, Ashish Deshpande, Co-founder, Director & Head – Product Innovation, Elephant Strategy + Design, says, “Design matters today. Design-led companies carry a distinct edge and are highly differentiated. Design helps improve your product & services, powers sustainability credentials that make people happy and has positive benefits on the bottom line of the business. Design innovation helps you move up the value chain and has become a new source of competitive advantage. With India positioning itself as an innovation-led manufacturing hub, design becomes a key strategic tool for enterprise success.” Speaking on the industrial dynamics of Pune region, Sadashiv Survase, General Manager, District Industries Centre, Pune points out, “The SME advantage that Pune region enjoys should be pursued and leveraged for the bigger growth of the region. To achieve this, both the industry and the government will have to work in tandem. The developmental policies and the relentless work that has gone into making Pune region a preferred choice for manufacturing companies to establish their base here and grow is for all of us to see. But the need of the hour is to take these developmental work and policies to the next level to make our success a lot bigger and achieve a much higher success scale.”
Boge Compressed Air System, Igus India, Misumi India, Nilkamal and S&T Engineers, among others. With the right platform to showcase innovations, Engineering Expo attracted a broader buyer-base for value-added products. Some of the products displayed at the Expo included CNC machines, safety sensors, hydraulic presses, eco-friendly generators, enclosure systems and indigenous multigauging instruments. Thus, weaving an entire industrial ecosystem on a single centrestage, the Expo opened a Pandora’s Box for the industries in this region and brought to the fore the criticality of networking and understanding customers’ needs in a better way.
GREEN IS THE BUZZ With the manufacturing industry taking the lead to become environment-friendly, green manufacturing has become a great way to gain positive publicity and cost effectiveness through all functions, be it the shop floor or office administration. Highlighting the role of Engineering Expo in safeguarding this initiative, Sanjay Jain, AVP – Sales, Kirloskar Oil Engines, avers, “Since last year, we have worked very closely with the Engineering Expo team in providing clean and green power for the show. This Expo provided opportunities where one could find a variety of engineering products and services all under a green roof. Also, as we travel to other locations, our understanding of our customer requirement is enhanced and the insightful feedback that we get here proves to be valuable raw material for our R&D team.”
NEW ENTRANTS, FRESH PERSPECTIVES This edition of Engineering Expo Pune witnessed many new participants who had invested their time and money based on very successful past records of this trade fair. Delving in-depth on the same, Guy Amoroso, MD, 123 Insight India, says, “This is the first time we took part in Engineering Expo and I must congratulate the organisers and the team that has put up this extraordinary show. I think the place is right, the time is right and all of us, who are part of this exhibition, are doing the right thing at the right place. As the economy and the sector progresses, there is a need to collaborate more than ever. Engineering Expo is the place where you can collaborate with the right companies and find right partners and products.” F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
133
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Pune 2010 DELIGHTED VISITORS
GROWTH PHASE
Maulik Desai, MD, Unique Industrial Services I was expecting Engineering Expo to be organised on a much smaller scale. But the Expo was so well organised that it surpassed my expectations. I could easily find all the products I was looking for.
S Chandrasekhar, Senior Manager (Western Region), S&T Engineers We are optimistic about the growth of our sector with the growth in the number of start-ups. Various sectors like automobile, dies & moulds and component manufacturing are reporting growth. As a result, the demand for our machines will increase to match their requirements.
Santosh Patil Kulkarni, Manager, Ansys Engineering Expo is a potential networking ground for the industry, and especially, the SMEs. I was able to get the products I needed. The good part is that there were a wide range of electronic products on display at the Expo. Shireesh P Lawate, CEO, Parth Enterprises Engineering Expo has a wide range of engineering products on display. Entry fees for visitors was a good move as it made sure that only quality visitors attended the show. To make it better, the Expo should be made more vertical specific. Animesh Kumar, AVP & Branch Head, Axis Bank My experience at Engineering Expo has been quite good. There were a number of engineering tools and forging products available at the exhibition. However, a better variety was needed. But on the whole, the Expo was very informative. DR Gadakh, Manager, New Aniket Packing Industries Engineering Expo was well organised. The stalls were well arranged and properly segregated.
8,123 is the total f number o ads le ss busine d te genera
134
ight tal we The to achinery m of the as d inUw SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK ARY 2011 mov|e F E B R g 0k 80,00
Sohrab Daver, Executive Director, Masibus Automation and Instrumentation We have set up an additional system integration unit in our Gandhinagar plant and already have a manufacturing plant in Goa. We are expanding and planning to set up plants all over the country to keep pace with the manufacturing industry. We expect our company to witness a 30-40 per cent compounded growth in the next five years. AP Singhal, MD, Emtex Marketing We are growing by 100 per cent in terms of turnover. We are also consolidating our market position by investing in new products. Amit Shah, Manager - Sales, East India Bearing Co Our engineering products are rare in the world. While others produce ball or spherical bearing, we have split roller bearing equipped for the mining and steel industry. Companies, using our equipment, can reduce up to 90 per cent of downtime, thereby significantly improving shop floor efficiency.
itors 88% exhib d expresse to willingness h it w partner g Expo Engineerin in future Expo reported business transaction of over ` 85 crore in four days
itors 235 exhib d te participa ng ri e in Engine e Expo Pun 2010
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
ALLURING ALLIANCES @ ENGINEERING EXPO PUNE 2010
DEMANDS TRENDS WITNESSED
Arun Vijay, Director - Marketing, Autotech CNC Engineering Expo has helped us find a good number of references. We are a Pune-based company and most of our visitors were our clients. I am sure that if we participate in Engineering Expos held in other cities, we will definitely get a good response.
Milan Supanekar, Owner, Welding Technologies India The need of the hour in the manufacturing sector is to upgrade the existing technology to stay ahead of competitors.
Prashant Joshi, Business Head, Hi-Tech Group We have participated in Engineering Expo to reach out to emerging markets in cities like Pune, Ahmedabad, Chennai, etc., which are usually not covered by other trade exhibitions. Preeti Nagarkar, Managing Partner, Mapyn Engineering Expo has provided us a platform to display our products to our target customers. It gives us a chance to interact with customers and visitors, who give us valuable inputs on how we could upgrade our products. Hemang K Ghelani, Product Manager – Control Components, Omron Industrial Automation Engineering Expo helps us reach out to our customers. We look at the Expo as a marketing tool or a promotional activity to create brand awareness.
rs 82% visito d se a le were p e with th nge product ra d e y displa
66% visitors have visited previ ous editions of Engineering Expo
Pawan Wadhwan, Manager (Business Development), Sipcon Instrument Industries Nowadays, customers have become more demanding. They want the best products at the lowest cost. Therefore, companies should focus more on providing the highest quality products & services to their customers at the lowest possible cost. Nimesh Karlya, Director, Jay Equipment System Customers always track the market for the latest technology, high-quality and low-cost products. Hence, it is important that companies work on their branding and offer good quality products, which will enhance the company’s overall productivity. Dinesh Chaudhary, Director, Energy Mission Engineers Customers want NC and CNC machines. This means that automation is in demand. At the same time, customers have also been demanding bigger and special machines.
7 20,39 ed s visit o t i vis r ing eer Engin ne Pu Expo
82% visitors were from FEBRUARY outside Pun e
2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
135
HANNOVER MILANO FAIRS INDIA 2010
A REALM OF GLOBAL COMPETITIVENESS With participation from over 22 countries, a diverse participant portfolio was created at Hannover Milano Fairs India’s 4th edition held in Mumbai from December 15-18, 2010, with SEARCH as its media partner. This catapulted into an environment, which was highly competitive as well as conducive for all participants to share ideas and exchange know-how on one platform. A report… SUMEDHA MAHOREY ith the economy showing clear signs of revival, various companies have been encouraged to announce new investment and expansion plans involving adoption of improvised techniques, equipment as well as technologies, which are cost-effective and sustainable. One such platform where industries could witness these emerging technology trends was the 4th edition of Hannover Milano Fairs India (HMFI) that was held between December 15 and 18, 2010 at the Bombay Exhibition Centre, Goregaon in Mumbai. More than 350 exhibitors from across the globe participated in the fair, which was inaugurated in the august presence of Aman Chadha, Chairman, Engineering Export Promotion Council. The other dignitaries who marked their gracious presence on this occasion included Thampy Mathew, Chairman, Fieldbus Foundation; Giorgeo Berretta, President, ASSOFLUID; Prof AS Khanna, Chairman, SSPC India Chapter – Society for Surface Protective Coatings, India; Rajesh Nath, MD, German Engineering Federation (VDMA) India office and Sitapati Rao, President, Fluid Power Society of India. In its 4th edition, HMFI showcased five concurrent shows – MDA India (Motion Drive and Automation) that presented products in the hydraulics, pneumatics & electro-mechanical transmission category; Industrial Automation India, an event for the process & production automation and industrial building automation industry; CeMAT India that catered to material handling, storage & warehousing as well as logistic services sector; Energy India based on the theme ‘energy efficiency’; and the
W
136
Aman Chadha, Chairman, Engineering Export Promotion Council and Wolfgang Pech, Senior VP, Deutsche Messe AG lighting the traditional lamp during the inauguration of 4th edition of Hannover Milano Fairs India
new entrant – Surface India show for the surface technology industries in India. “The world economy is growing and you can feel it”, said Tessa Marheineke, Director – Global Fairs, Deutsche Messe AG, who believes that the best aspect of the trade fair is the positive mood of the exhibitors and visitors. “Economy crisis starts in the head, but now minds have changed. Both the quality and quantity of the visitors has been very encouraging and our exhibitors & various business partners are completely satisfied with the result,” she added. Sudhir Patil, MD, HMFI, said, “The high satisfaction index of exhibitors in terms of large numbers of quality visitors is indeed a very positive aspect of the fair. Exhibitors, especially from countries like Germany, Italy, Spain, Taiwan, China, etc. reported business prospects of high orders. The fruit
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
of the buoyant economic situation is being reaped by exhibitors at these fairs.”
EFFECT OF DIVERSE PARTICIPANT PORTFOLIO Modelled on the internationally renowned trade fair, Hannover Messe of Germany, HMFI witnessed overseas participation from over 22 countries. Elaborating on the effect of overseas participation on the quality of the event, Patil opined, “The quality of an event is not in the number of people attending, but in the number of business prospects that it generates through interaction. A great deal of technology transfer was in process here, as many international companies reached out to attendees through the meet.” Companies from Taiwan, Italy, China, Spain, France as well as Japan displayed
Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: ABB Pg. 137
Search Feb 2011 Ad Name: Igus Pg. 138
HANNOVER MILANO FAIRS INDIA 2010
Hannover Milano Fairs India has provided India with the right platform to excel. In the past few years, trade fairs like HMFI have transformed the face of the industry and changed the way business is done today. USHPAL SINGH SABHARWAL, Chairman, Spareage Seals
their products at the trade fair. While some of them were targeting the Indian market in their niche industry verticals, others were trying to associate with their Indian counterparts in the form of agency tie-ups, distributors, etc., to enhance their business prospects. This not only helped overseas companies understand the Indian market but also helped them cater to their customers demands in a better way. One such company looking forward to tap the potential market in India was Mindman Industrial Co. from Taiwan. Andrew Huang, the MD of the company, said, “We are into professional pneumatic components manufacturing. We believe that India has a very large potential market for us in the future. To tap this market potential, we have been participating in trade fairs here since the past seven years. This has proved to be very beneficial as India already has a certain level of industrial know-how. As a result, visitors already know our product range and the industry to which we cater to. Through fairs such as HMFI, we want to make our products well known in the Indian market.” For Luca Ferrarini, Sales Application Engineer, Comatrol, HMFI acts as a platform to meet new distributors for their products as well as to find new customers in India. Ferrarini said, “Trade fairs like HMFI, help us understand the Indian customer better and expose us to the right kind of distributors’ base in India. We have participated in HMFI as India is a growing market and offers good potential for us in the near future.” Indian companies have also been trying to mark their presence at HMFI. One such company, which has recently become a 100 per cent subsidiary of a Japanese company is Armsel Kito. Preet Hari, MD & CEO of the company, said, “We have become a 100 per cent subsidiary of Kito
Corporation, Japan. The transaction was done in order to introduce Kito’s products in India. For us, CeMAT proved to be the right time to display our products as we enter the country.” The right mix of companies – international and domestic – from five different categories, turned the environment at the exhibition ground into a highly competitive one. Highlighting this, Rajesh Ramaswamy, Manager – Operations, United Van Der Horst, pointed out, “We participated in this year’s edition of HMFI to expand our business and generated multiple serious business leads from this trade fair. We are into the business of hydraulics cylinders manufacturing and reconditioning of diesel engine components. With multiple overseas participation in the same vertical as ours, a competitive environment has been created. HMFI is thus, acting as a platform, which is conducive to understand the competitor’s portfolio, products and services.”
INSPIRING KNOWLEDGE DISSEMINATION The four days of the trade fair witnessed more than 15 conferences and seminars organised by HMFI, which helped participants find new business partners and get key insights into the relevant industries and sectors. A noteworthy seminar was SKF India’s ‘Solutions in material handling industry’ at CeMAT India. Speaker Jonas Kjellberg, Manager – Global Material Handling, engaged the audience with a discussion on the Indian material handling industry. Another interesting seminar was on ‘Green coatings and modern surface modification techniques’ organised by Society for Surface Protection Coatings, India and HMFI that discussed issues related to smart coatings, surface treatments, green coatings, etc. Dr Martin Riester, Head – Surface Treatment Technology, VDMA, explained how with the application of the right technology, it is possible to take social & environmental responsibility and conduct a profitable business in surface treatment. The event highlighted various new-age technologies & solutions by way of seminars. In line with this, a seminar on ‘energy efficiency – emission reduction in transformer manufacturing technology’ highlighted the various current and futuristic options that the industry should consider. It also focussed on the various technologies, including Nano technologies and Nano oils,
etc., that are currently being researched on and are expected to be a part of the market in the coming years. During the four days, the trade fair witnessed various launches like Toyota Industries who introduced a new fork lift truck, Eplan Electronic who launched a highly efficient and user-friendly software called VERSION 2.0.
NEW VARIANTS GAINING GROUND The newly introduced, Surface INDIA 2010, was a successful event, as the exhibitors met qualified visitors at the show. In addition to this, the international participants met Indian companies offering similar products produced in India. With this successful show, exhibitors are already planning their participation for Surface INDIA 2011.
GAINING STRENGTH YEAR-ON-YEAR HMFI strongly believes that the success lies in the increase in the number of exhibitors every year. While this adds to the brand of the overall fair, all the old exhibitors still
Hannover Milano Fairs India is an important exhibition for the B2B world. The number of participants here is fairly good and keeps increasing with every passing year. ANURAG SHARMA, Marketing Manager, Parker Hannifin India
form an integral part of HMFI who participate in the fair every year. The number of trade visitors this year has jumped up by 20 per cent when compared to the last year’s figures. Thus, with a diverse participant portfolio with specific targets, the 4th edition of HMFI presented an environment, which was competitive as well as conducive for the all the participants, be it exhibitors or visitors. With over 10,000 visitors experiencing this electric edition of HMFI, which displayed huge offerings for the entire manufacturing industry, this is not the end of a trade fair, but a beginning of another one – in Bengaluru.
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
139
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Ahmedabad 2010
TAKING THE
TRIUMPH FORWARD Creating history, Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010 registered over 250 exhibitors and generated business of over ` 100 crore, the biggest ever since its launch in 2002. Taking the triumph forward and playing the role of an enabler, this year’s Expo Ahmedabad edition kept its promise of generating envious business deals and maximum returns on investment for exhibitors and visitors alike. A report… PURNA PARMAR aving proved their mettle in facilitating growth, trade shows have become success platforms for companies to form business alliances and carry out transactions. Apart from being a good promotional vehicle for brands and products, trade shows offer lucrative business prospects and a platform to generate business. This was evident from the grand success of the
H
9th edition of Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010. Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010 has been one of the biggest shows in the history of Engineering Expo Ahmedabad, since its inception in 2002. It continues to grow bigger & better. The 2010 edition of Expo Ahmedabad managed to generate a business worth ` 100 crore. Substantiating the fact that the exhibitors stand to gain more than business leads at the Expo, Shirish Vyas, Marketing Manager,
Cranoist Material Handling Equipments, says, “About 15-20 per cent of our business is done at Engineering Expo. But, we do not set any sales target for the Expo as these sales are only an incentive for the investments we make while participating in it. We spend a substantial amount of money on exhibitions and expos.” Meanwhile, Nurul Vora, Marketing Manager, Hydro Pneumatic Equipments, explains, “The conversion rate at Engineering Expo is over
WINNER FROM THE WORD GO... The four-day The f Engineering Expo at Ahmedabad was flagged off on December 10, 2010, with a traditional lamp-lighting ceremony followed D by a ribbon cutting ceremony. Industry torchbearers BB Swain, IAS, Industries Commissioner, Government of Gujarat, and Pradyumna Vyas, Director, National Institute of Design, graced the occasion. Both Vyas and Swain were overwhelmed with the strength displayed by the industry at the event. Serving as a perfect platform for profit, the Expo managed to converge the entire manufacturing and engineering industry of Gujarat under one roof. Manufacturing forms the core of the state’s industrial profile, said Swain, adding that Gujarat contributes 40 per cent to the total engineering export of India. The manufacturing industry helps provide employment to over 18 lakh people in the state. Talking about the crucial importance of trade fairs in boosting trade, Vyas affirmed, “Trade fairs like the Engineering Expo are a testimony of the industrial might we have in the country. And what is more important is that apart from technology and lean BB Swain, IA manufacturing aspects, the government is now focussing on Ahmedabad 20S,10Industries Commissioner, Gove rnment of Gu jarat, inaugu creating awareness about industrial design. I think it is a very good rating Engine ering Expo initiative taken by the government as it will help the industry gain competitiveness, especially for MSMEs.”
140
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
50 per cent. We sold a machine on the first day of the exhibition and generated business of about ` 10 lakh by the end of the Expo. Trade fairs easily gather all original equipment manufacturer (OEM) customers and process-related customers under one roof. This is what makes Engineering Expo unique.” Highlighting the success achieved by the Expo year after year, Sandeep Khosla, CEO – Publishing, Infomedia18, avers, “Engineering Expo Ahmedabad has managed to withstand the test of time. For nine consecutive years, it has been a vital platform for forging trade ties. Right from new product launches to
substantial business transactions, Engineering Expo Ahmedabad has established itself as a trendsetter of innovative offerings.” Mehul Gajjar, CMD, Heena Equipment, says, “Apart from meeting prospective clients, Expo gives us a peek into the latest technology and machinery that the industry has to offer. The Expo also gives us an opportunity to generate business. We sold four welding machines on the first day of the exhibition. Besides that, we also launched a new product – a three-in-one machine that can do all types of welding and cutting work – at Engineering Expo.” While Ahmedabad serves as a perfect trade
centre for the industry, smaller cities like Rajkot have now emerged as a manufacturing hub, especially for the machine tools industry. Tushar Shaparia, MD, Jamnagar Machine Tools, says, “The machine tools industry is growing by 15-20 per cent. Rajkot is emerging as a manufacturing hub for the machine tools industry. This is mainly due to the presence of other machinery and related companies in Rajkot. Trade shows like Engineering Expo play a vital role in our growth, as we get an opportunity to meet prospective clients and create a good brand presence in a big city like Ahmedabad.” In all, Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010 managed to successfully take the legacy forward, proving to be the biggest ever Expo in the history of Engineering Expo Ahmedabad and second biggest Expo in the history of Engineering Expo. While the Expo managed to serve as a lucrative business platform and the biggest product showcase vehicle, it also managed to give the best return on investment to exhibitors.
CREATING A BUSINESS ENVIRON Engineering Expo Ahmedabad 2010 managed to generate business worth ` 100 crore. The Expo witnessed the participation of more than 250 exhibitors from various industry verticals and a visitor turnout of over 19,759. To facilitate the enterprising spirit of the industry and provide the industry a networking platform, the Government of Gujarat has come up with two new conventional centres in Gandhinagar. Further, talking about how trade fairs help the industry grow, Shirish Vyas, Marketing Manager, Cranoist Material Handling Equipments, says, “Trade fairs like Engineering Expo help us display our products on a single platform where all our potential customers can come and have a first-hand experience of the product.” Similarly, Shrikesh Mehta, CA, Bearing and Tool Centre, says, “A trade fair is one of the best opportunities a company can have to showcase its products for its customers. It is difficult for us to show our products door-to-door, but in a trade fair, the customer comes to you, and thus, it helps us create a good database of The Expo attracted mor e than 250 ex customers.” hibitors
from various industry vert icals.
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
141
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Ahmedabad 2010 250+ Exhibitors INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS
MARKET SCENARIO
Madhur Mehrotra, Head – Chemical Division, Earth Water Group We mainly offer purification and filtration services for the water and wastewater management industry. We have displayed user-friendly equipment at the Expo that do not need much engineering, as they are simple plug-in equipment. We have launched a new range of softeners in this edition of Engineering Expo. This is a very convenient product that is easy to use as well as install.
Paresh Patel, Executive – Marketing, Masibus Automation and Instrumentation We see trade fairs as a platform to promote our products & services. Gujarat, and particularly Ahmedabad, is a new market for us. Therefore, it is a good opportunity for us to explore this market by way of participating in the Expo.
Ashish Vij, Executive – Business Development, Bry-Air Asia We deal in air treatment and moisture control systems. The Indian manufacturing industry is moving up the growth ladder and we are optimistic about this promising growth phase. Trade fairs like Engineering Expo help us display our products to the right audience as the visitor profile of these trade fairs is focussed. Manish Raval, VP – Sales, Motivation Engineers & Infrastructure Trade fairs not only serve as a good networking platform to promote our products, but also as a platform to display the latest technology and update our customers about the technical details of our products. In order to introduce our customers to our latest offerings, we have conducted many technical sessions during trade fairs. Mangesh Agarwal, GM – CFS India, Dürr Ecoclean The cleaning and filtration equipment market is still at its nascent stage in Ahmedabad. For us, Engineering Expo served as an ideal platform to create awareness about the importance of such products.
was The 2010 edition in the ow the biggest sh ing er ne history of Engi , ad Expo Ahmedab the be it in terms of tors, bi hi number of ex pied, cu oc visitors, area or d te ra revenue gene ess sin bu the amount of transacted.
142
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Tushar Shaparia, MD, Jamnagar Machine Tools We have participated in Engineering Expo Ahmedabad for the past two years. I am delighted to share that almost 20 per cent of our business is generated through trade fairs and we are bullish about our participation in other editions of Engineering Expo as well. Amit Gosai, Sales Engineer, S&T Engineers Ahmedabad is a new market for us. So, we wanted to create awareness about our products as well as our brand by participating in a trade show. While Ahmedabad is one of our target markets, we also plan to have a footprint in the surrounding regions of Rajkot, Baroda and Anand. We see a good potential in these markets as well. Participating in Engineering Expo Ahmedabad gave us an opportunity to meet the right kind of clients and potential customers. NS Purohit, Business Head – Handling Equipment, CTR Manufacturing Industries The manufacturing industry in Gujarat is growing at a rate of 20-25 per cent annually. Although Gujarat is not a new market for us, we feel that we can achieve better market penetration and create greater awareness for our products in this region by using trade fairs as a platform. We are satisfied with the footfall generated at the Expo and the visitors profile is also very good. We appreciate the efforts made by the organisers in hosting such a successful trade exhibition in the region.
More than 1,00,000 k g machinery were brou ght in by exhib itors at the Expo, whic h is again the highest in the history of Engineerin g Expo.
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Business of over
`100 crore
CREATING A BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT Manish Chandrani, CEO, Kumarpal Kantilal & Co Trade fairs are mainly seen as an opportunity to showcase the latest products. We have been participating in Engineering Expo for the last four years and have been able to generate many leads. I am elated to inform you that around 40 per cent of the leads get converted into business. Shreepad Deshpande, Regional Manager – West, Kulkarni Power Tools We have exhibited for the first time in Engineering Expo and the response has been very good. We sold two machines at the Expo. We see trade shows as a catalyst for growth and keeping this in mind, we have participated in Engineering Expo Ahmedabad. Pratik Bhatt, Engineer – Sales & Service, KOMET Precision Tools India We have been participating in various trade fairs and over eight per cent of our marketing budget is spent on trade exhibitions and shows, while 20 per cent of our business is generated from these exhibitions. Jagadish Patel, Sales Manager, Neutron Power Tools The industrial prospects in Gujarat are very vibrant, especially the machine tools industry, which is experiencing a growth of 20 per cent year-on-year. We have been participating in Engineering Expo since the last five years. Although we do not concentrate on making any actual sales, we manage to generate several business leads for our dealers spread across the state.
itors 85% exhib ineering g found En edabad Expo Ahm r than e 2010 bett shows. e d other tra
19,759+ Visitors
ENCHANTED VISITORS Rajesh Panchal, MD, Ambica Engineering This is the first time that I have visited Engineering Expo Ahmedabad. It was good to see the products displayed here. Generally, we get to see these products only on company broachers, which make it difficult for us to understand product features; whereas at the Expo, we got to see the actual functioning of the machine or equipment, which helped us make a buying decision. I even booked a welding machine here. Ketan Gandhi, Managing Partner, Bhawani Power Tools I have been a regular visitor at Engineering Expo. This time, I felt that there were more exhibitors at the Expo. The products on display were also very good. We got to see the latest technology and machinery at the Expo. I must congratulate the organisers for conducting the event well. Jaiprakash Gala, Sales Engineer, Mamta Engineering The Expo was very well organised, especially the venue chosen was very good. It looked like an international event. The exhibitors from power tools industry were good as they helped me understand the applications of various products & equipment. Manish Sangla, Manager, Tasyani Traders The venue chosen by the organisers was very good. I did not expect the event to be organised on such a grand scale. I got all the tools I was looking for at the Expo. I plan to attend the Expo next year as well.
83% ex hibitor s were happy with th e quality of visit ors at the sho w.
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
143
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Indore 2011
ECHOING
SUCCESS
Setting an inspirational benchmark for itself, the recently held third edition of Engineering Expo Indore surpassed its previous records. The event marked the presence of more than 270 exhibitors and generated business worth `65.24 crore. In the backdrop of rapid industrial growth in Madhya Pradesh, the Expo played a catalytic role in providing further boost to the manufacturing fraternity in and around the region. PRASENJIT CHAKRABORTY he business dynamics of every economy, every market keeps evolving continuously as large number of manufacturers enter the market, thereby enhancing competition and raising the standards. The intense competitive environ calls for a networking platform that not only connnects the buyer and seller but also seals envious business deals. In such a scenario, a trade fair should offer all the promotional benefits that a manufacturer looks forward to. In this direction, the third edition of Engineering Expo Indore, held from January 07-10, 2011, at Poddar Plaza, Gandhi Hall, delivered the promised
T
prospects. The third edition proved to be one of the most successful shows held in Indore in recent times. Besides being extremely effective, the Expo provided participants a cost-effective means to promote their products on a wider platform to very serious set of buyers.
ABUNDANT OPPORTUNITIES Engineering Expo Indore 2011 witnessed participation from over 270 exhibitors, including some of the leading engineering companies such as Siemens, Havells, S&T Engineers, Atlas Copco (India), Guhring India, Kirloskar Oil Engines, Nilkamal, Godrej & Boyce, etc. The exhibitors used this platform to fruitfully showcase their
latest product offerings to esteemed customers and visitors present at the event. The inauguration ceremony was attended by a galaxy of industry leaders like Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, Madhya Pradesh; Gautam Kothari, President, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan; Omprakash Gupta, President, Madhya Pradesh Electric Merchants and Contractors Association, and many other dignitaries across industries. Addressing the gathering, Jaiswal said, “With the proactive support of the State Government, Madhya Pradesh is taking rapid strides on the industrial front. In this scenario, the exhibition provided a much needed momentum to accelerate the growth
THE GROWTH FACILITATOR One of the major highlights of this Expo included the visit of Shri Kailash Vijayvargiya, Hon’ble Minister of Industries, Government of Madhya Pradesh. He took keen interest in the exhibition and visited different pavilions. Commenting on the Expo, the minister said, “Engineering Expo is an excellent platform for the industry. It has an important role in uplifting the industrial scenario of Madhya Pradesh.” He further added, “The Expo met several requirements of new entrepreneurs by providing them a chance to interact with a plethora of new companies, and learn about different products & technologies showcased at the event. It is a good platform for facilitating growth in the manufacturing sector of Madhya Pradesh.” The minister was accompanied by dignitaries from the government as well as several industry associations. t
si during his vi Vijayvargiya Shri Kailash s rie st du In Minister of esh Hon’ble Madhya Prad at the Expo
144
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Guest of honour Omprakash Gupta, President, Madhya Pradesh Electric Merchants and Contractors Association (second from left); Gautam Kothari, President, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan, and Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, Madhya Pradesh lighting the traditional lamp during the inaugural function of Engineering Expo Indore.
prospects of the industries.” He further added, “The products displayed at the Expo will enable manufacturers to upgrade their existing technology. I hope the organisers will continue their zeal in the years to come. The Expo is beneficial for both manufacturing fraternity, informed visitors as well as the industrial segments of Madhya Pradesh.” Echoing similar sentiments, Kothari stated, “The exhibition is the manifestation of Madhya Pradesh’s growth in the engineering segment. The participation of reputed brands across categories clearly narrates the success of Engineering Expo Indore. It also spells the bright future of industrial growth in Madhya Pradesh.” He also pointed out, “The technology displayed at Indore Expo will help manufacturers reduce production cost. It also acts as a platform for educating industries located in
this region.” Highlighting investment scenario in the state, Kothari informed that Pithampur area, known as the automobile hub, has been on an expansion spree. Hence, there is a continous surge of investments being witnessed in this region. Putting things into perspective, Kothari concluded that the Engineering Expo is best placed to provide further momentum to this growth. Meanwhile, Gupta lauded the organisers for segmentation of pavilions, which helped the visitors in finding the right products in less time.
GENERATING SERIOUS LEADS In the backdrop of the state’s rapid industrial growth, Engineering Expo emerged as an ideal platform for companies to showcase the latest products. Atanu Sengupta, Area Manager – Power Tool Division, Bosch,
said, “The atmosphere here was quite professional. Irrespective of whether the exhibitors were big or small, they professionally managed their stalls. It clearly indicates that they highly value this exhibition and consider it a serious platform for enhancing their business.” Seconding the view, Ajay Jain, Sales Engineer – Madhya Pradesh, BIPICO Industries (Tools), said, “After the Engineering Expo Indore 2010 edition, the business of our company grew 10-15 per cent in the MP region.” The Expo served myriad purposes for exhibitors; some utilised this platform to launch new products, others attempted to garner new information about companies. Finolex Cables is a case in point. “Many do not know that Finolex also manufactures a complete range of switches and compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs). During the event, our major focus was on switches and CFLs, so that people become aware of these products. Engineering Expo serves as the right place for deciphering the information,” explained Gopal Halwasiya, Engineer-Sales, Finolex Cables. The participants, exhibitors and visitors alike, believed that the rapid pace of industrial growth, coupled with emerging sectors like cement, power, etc., in Madhya Pradesh is all set to add to the grandeur and significance of Engineering Expo Indore in time to come.
OPPORTUNITIES CALLING... With proactive support from the State Government, the industrial scenario in Madhya Pradesh is rapidly changing. A closer look reveals that soya, chemical and food machinery segments are flourishing in western Madhya Pradesh while automobile and other engineering sectors are in the forefront in eastern Madhya Pradesh, especially Indore & its surrounding areas. However, there are ample growth opportunities in other sectors as well, as the state has natural wealth in the form of limestone, coal, soya, cotton, bauxite, iron ore, silica, etc. Therefore, the state has a strong industrial base in sectors like textile, cement, steel, soya processing, etc. “The State Government is attracting investments by organising summits and offering Third edition of En gineering Ex po Indore succ tax benefits to entrepreneurs who plan to invest in the essfully man aged to attrac t 19,732 visito state,” stated Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, rs. Madhya Pradesh. The positivity incidentally is also indicative of the fact that in future, Engineering Expo Indore will play a greater role in boosting the industrial growth of the region. F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
145
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Post Show Report Indore 2011 Total number of visitors: 19,732 EXHIBITORS’ EXPERIENCE
THE LAUNCH PAD
Rahul Yadav, Assistant Manager – Sales, Rittal India I was amazed by the number of visitors and enquiries received on the first day itself. Being an MNC, we generally take part in exhibitions organised in metro cities. We are participating in Engineering Expo Indore for the first time. And I must say, on a regional level, we never thought of receiving such a wonderful response. Through this exhibition, we got an opportunity to meet SME customers in and around Indore.
Ashish Sinha, Assistant GM, Godrej Material Handling, Godrej & Boyce Mfg Co Indore is the commercial capital of Madhya Pradesh, with a number of industries coming up in Pithampur, Dewas, etc. The industry is growing and we are on the right platform to display our products. At the Expo, we have received quality enquiries from the visitors. We have also launched upgraded models of forklift trucks at this exhibition.
Ajay Mehta, MD, Arihant Bearing Services Due to several constraints, small entrepreneurs cannot reach every customer. The Expo provided a perfect platform for customers to meet entrepreneurs and vice-versa.
Yogesh Bagora, Assistant Manager – Sales & Marketing, Nilkamal We have a complete range of material handling and storage systems. We launched steel dustbin in Madhya Pradesh through this exhibition. This is the only exhibition in the state where one can exhibit engineering products.
Rajesh Godse, Director, Reliable Terrestrials We always believed that this exhibition is a good platform for launching new products. We have more scope when a unit expands. If rapid growth of industries is any indication, then the exhibition will grow manifold from its present status. We are satisfied with the kind of arrangement and the response generated here. Sunil Mahajan, Area Sales Manager – MP, Black & Decker India Engineering Expo is a good platform to participate. The plus point of the exhibition was the opportunity offered to meet entrepreneurs from neighbouring states, who participated at the event.
7,177
Total business leads generated
146
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Rajesh Joshi, Assistant GM, Havells India Engineering Expo is the best platform for reaching target audience in Indore and surrounding areas. Recently, we have introduced geysers that are protected with earth leakage circuit breaker in India and displayed these for the first time in Madhya Pradesh through this Expo. The response was fantastic. Sulabh Muchhal, Director, A-One Electrical Agencies This year the response is much better than the last edition. Overwhelmed by the response we received last year, we booked the entire row in a pavilion. Through the Expo, we launched HT Solutions product.
86,000 kg
Total machin ery movement a t the venue
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
Total number of exhibitors: 270+ + Total business generated: ` 65.24 crore ELATED FIRST TIMERS
VISITORS’ VIEWS
Raj Kumar Jain, Branch Manager, Legrand (India) The exhibition has proved to be beneficial for one and all present here. Most importantly, only serious participants were present, which brightened the business prospects. At our stall, we displayed three new products. It is a right platform to introduce our products to the target audience.
Mushtak Ali, VP, Wire & Wire Products Association, Indore I regularly visit exhibitions in Delhi and Mumbai, and I feel that the standard of Engineering Expo Indore is high. If the same standard is maintained, then we need not have to explore avenues outside the region to seek new types of machines.
Manoj Pugaliya, Director, Kan Power Rubber Industries The exhibition is much better than what I had expected. The enquiries are from across industry segments which will facilitate the growth of my business. Rajul Gandhi, Director, Seion Watertech Though I was a bit apprehensive on the first day, yet Engineering Expo Indore turned out to be a fantastic exhibition overall. I must say, we were at the right place to enhance our business prospects. MB Unjhawala, MD, MGMT Tools & Hardware This is the first exhibition we have participated in, since we started manufacturing six months back. I firmly believe that the automobile sector will drive the growth of Madhya Pradesh’s industrial scenario. The exhibition will help us to penetrate into the market. We displayed tool cabinets and trolleys, which are mainly used in the automobile industry.
87% happy Exhibitors f with quality o visitors
Yogesh Mantri, MD, AGECO The exhibition was much better than what I expected. The display range was vast, which covered almost the entire gamut of the industry. This exhibition provided the latest information about new products and technology, thereby it generated huge interest from exhibitors and visitors alike. Kumar M Desai, Director, Omega Elevators I have come all the way from Ahmedabad to seek some electronic automation products and machine tools. The trade fair covered the entire range of engineering products. Regional players will benefit tremendously from this exhibition. Manish Kumar Jain, Business Manager, Tata Steel Manufacturers, be it small-scale or large-scale, have displayed their products, thus offering a number of options to select from. We were looking for some galvanised products, which we managed to source from the Expo.
76%
Exhibitor s wil to particip ling ate in the next edit ion
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
147
FROST & SULLIVAN ENVIRONMENT EXCELLENCE AWARDS
REAPING BENEFITS OF
GROWING GREEN OPPORTUNITIES Widespread urbanisation and industrialisation in India has raised growing concerns about its environmental impact. This has opened new avenues in environment management. Recognising the initiatives taken by companies on this front, Frost & Sullivan, with SEARCH as its media partner, held its second annual Environment Excellence Awards in Mumbai on December 15, 2010. A report… ith recession bottoming out globally, countries and markets have heaved a sigh of relief. A perceptible change in the sentiment has also been witnessed in emerging economies, with India and China clocking growth rates of eight per cent and above in the last few quarters. Banking on the global growth march, the environment sector in India is currently riding on a high wave of opportunities. Companies are creating innovative best practices to capitalise on growth prospects as well as to outpace competition during these economic times. Identifying the need to appreciate these initiatives, Frost & Sullivan, through a comprehensive research programme distinguised these best practices within each segment and made them visible to the industry through the second annual Environment Excellence Awards, 2010. Acknowledging companies for their outstanding accomplishments in environment management in their respective businesses, Frost & Sullivan awarded 18 exemplary companies in Mumbai on December 15, 2010. The evening witnessed conglomerates getting a glimpse of growth opportunities present in water & wastewater treatment, waste management, air pollution control and point-of-use (PoU) water treatment systems markets in India.
W
MARKET SCENARIO According to Frost & Sullivan’s analysis, the environment market is expected to register growth rate of more than 15 per cent in the next five years and India presents a perfect balance in terms of growth across sectors, technologies and projects. Betting big on desalination as the key to halt the alarming water crises in coastal cities, the company observed that the lack of political will is the toughest hurdle for its growth.
148
Recipients of the ‘Second Annual Environment Industry Awards 2010’
Also, considering the megawatts of electricity to be added in the 11th and 12th Five Year plans, the analysis stated that the power sector will bolster further development of the environment market by way of opportunities in boiler water treatment and condensate polishing. The growth and technology options in the four prime environment markets include: - Water and wastewater – Wastewater recycling and reuse, sludge to energy, energy efficient ZLD systems - Residential PoU systems market – Low-cost purifiers & non-electric PoU systems - Air pollution control – Emergence of low-cost FGDS systems & emission controls for nitric oxide, volatile organic compounds & mercury emissions - Waste management – Electronic waste & battery recycling, solvent recovery & municipal waste to power.
AWARDS Today, growth is strictly contingent on the regulatory mechanisms and policies. Hence, incentives for compliance with standards, above and beyond, are necessary. Experts believe that strict penalties and tough enforcement will go a long way in shaping up the Indian environment market.
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Opportunities exist in the Indian environment market, but the industry has to overcome several challenges. The biggest of all is the slow pace at which policy reforms are implemented in India. But with the business environment improving, one can expect several initiatives aimed at water supply and sanitation as well as solid waste management and other environment markets. While highlighting on the above factors during the awards ceremony, Anand Rangachary, MD – South Asia and Middle East, Frost & Sullivan, said, “The downside of economic growth is environment pollution, which is hampering the growth of our GDP by 4 to 5 per cent. But it is also shaping up the opportunities in water, wastewater, air pollution and solid waste management. Opportunities are being seen across the value chain – right from suppliers of pumps to ductile iron pipes. There is also a growing interest in private equity funds to invest in environment companies. Overall, it is a win-win situation for all.” During the event, a panel discussion on ‘8-9 per cent economic growth and its implications on the environment’ was also held. This discussion focussed on the innovative best practices and strategies that India should adopt in the near future.
FROST & SULLIVAN ENVIRONMENT EXCELLENCE AWARDS
Award Category Product Innovation Award Competitive Strategy Leadership Award Best Company of the Year Award
Market Air Pollution Control Equipment Market Air Pollution Control Equipment Market Air Pollution Control Equipment Market
Winner FLSmidth Thermax BHEL
Market Entry Strategy Award Best Company of the Year Award Waste to Energy Deal of the Year Best Company of the Year Award Market Penetration Leadership Award Green Excellence Award Market Penetration Leadership Award Growth Strategy Excellence Award Niche Market Player Award Product Differentiation Excellence Award Growth Excellence Award Business Development Strategy Leadership Award Green Project in Municipal Sector Green Project in Industrial Sector Growth Excellence Award in Water Infrastructure Best Company of the Year Award
Indian Residential Point-of-Use Water Treatment Systems Market Indian Residential Point-of-Use Water Treatment Systems Market Indian Municipal Waste to Energy Market Indian Waste Management Services Market Indian Municipal Waste to Energy Market Indian Municipal Waste to Energy Market Indian Water and Wastewater Services Market Indian Water and Wastewater Services Market Indian Wastewater Recycle & Reuse Market Indian Membrane Systems Market Indian Water and Wastewater Treatment Market Indian Water and Wastewater Treatment Market Indian Water and Wastewater Treatment Market Indian Water and Wastewater Treatment Market Indian Water & Wastewater Infrastructure Market Indian Water & Wastewater Treatment Market
Tata Chemicals Eureka Forbes Jindal Urban Infrastructure (Jindal Ecopolis) Ramky Enviro Engineers Hanjer Biotech Energies Selco International Ion Exchange (India) Doshion Veolia Water Solutions PRAJ Industries Norit India Triveni Engineering GE Water & Process Technologies Befesa Infrastructure India Aquatech International IVRCL Infrastructures & Projects VA TECH WABAG
Figure 1:The list of award winning companies
RIGHT TIME TO TAP THE OPPORTUNITY With the environment market riding high on the growth wave and the market expectations targeting a growth rate
150
of more than 15 per cent in the next five years, the environment industry in India has the scope to explore its horizons in associated technologies, research & development, innovation and new projects.
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Though various markets within the environment industry are in different stages of the lifecycle curve, the potential that each market would unfold in the future would be enormous.
F&S MANUFACTURING SUMMIT 2010
NAVIGATING TOWARDS
OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE Treading on a growth trajectory, India has made its way into the list of top 10 countries in industrial production. Epitomising this fact and to provide guiding light for companies to augment their growth momentum, F&S with SEARCH as its media partner hosted the 5th annual Manufacturing Summit from December 2-3, 2010. A report… ccording to United Nations Industrial Development Organisation’s latest report, India has emerged as one of the world’s top 10 countries in industrial production. From the 12th position it held in 2008, India surpassed Canada, Brazil and Mexico in 2009 to reach the 9th position. The Index of Industrial Production (IIP) quick estimates data for April 2010 shows a growth of 19.4 per cent in the manufacturing sector, as compared to April 2009. The cumulative growth during April-March 2009-10, over the corresponding period of
A
With technology development, R&D and infrastructure investments as the enabling factors, India has the potential to become one of the largest nations for speciality manufacturing in the world. As the customer preferences change, the end user will require more customised high-end products & services at the least cost. I think India is poised to cater to these growing needs of the vast demographic expanse smartly. DR RANJIT DATE, President & Joint MD, Precision Automation & Robotics
2008-09, is 10.9 per cent, according to the data provided by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation. In addition, as per the data released by the ministry, the manufacturing sector posted a 16.3 per cent growth in January-March 2010. To provide lucrative opportunities to
152
manufacturing companies, Frost & Sullivan organised its 5th annual manufacturing & process consulting practice summit in Mumbai from December 2-3, 2010. The event saw the who’s who of the manufacturing industry coming together on a single platform to share best practices and chart out their growth journey.
KNOWLEDGE SESSIONS The forum was designed to assist companies to overcome their implementation constraints and thereby improve processes. Apart from the high-profile presentations, the summit also hosted panel discussions on important aspects most relevant to the manufacturing fraternity in India. The topics discussed included a wide range of areas that continue to pose a challenge and hence, constrain achieving higher degrees of manufacturing excellence. The session was moderated by Raghavendra Rao, Senior Director – Manufacturing & Process Consulting Practice, Frost & Sullivan. The panellists included C Sivaramane, Director – Operations, NCR Corporation; KK Ahuja, Advisor & Head – Operations, Napino Auto & Electronics; Dr Ranjit Date, President & Joint MD, Precision Automation & Robotics and Dr Mangesh Borkar, Associate Director – Manufacturing, Wyeth. The panellists unanimously agreed that ROI is a key factor in terms of making investment to achieve manufacturing excellence. One of the panellist also mentioned that for a start-up company, the initial years are more focussed on survival and customer requirements. But as the business climbs the growth path, inculcating manufacturing excellence becomes important. The best practices shortlisted and presented on the first day of the summit included managing cyclical trends in commodity buying by Marico; digital manufacturing by Dassault Systemés; developing a reliable and responsive supply
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
I believe that the syncronised growth of all the building blocks of manufacturing to deliver quality products will help the Indian manufacturing sector scale new heights by 2020. KK AHUJA, Advisor & Head – Operations, Napino Auto & Electronics
chain by Endurance Technologies; changeover time reduction to effect flexible operations by Mahindra & Mahindra’s Farm Division; process safety management system by Nagarjuna Fertilisers & Chemicals; enhancing process capability in heat treatment process by Hero Honda Motors and organisational transformation through manufacturing excellence by Piramal Glass. While on the second day, contemporary manufacturing practices (machine building) by L&T; plastics machinery and competencybased people strategy by Napino Auto & Electronics; outlook of automation in the Indian Industry by Precision Automation & Robotics; energy and environmental considerations in metal industries by BALCO; and manufacturing excellence, a WABCO-TVS approach, were some of the showcased best practices.
OPPORTUNITIES GALORE The 5th edition of the annual event provided an ideal platform for industry networking & knowledge exchange and continued to promote the best practices in the industry. It also gave participants an opportunity to learn about proven practices and to hear industry experts speak on what factors contribute towards its successful deployment.
GENERAL PRODUCTS
MILL LINING BLOCKS & GRINDING MEDIA
yoti Ceramic Industries offers steatite mill lining blocks and grinding media. Steatite grade HF-82 ceramic composite corresponds to German steatite ceramic grade KER 221. It is a low-loss alkali-free fused magnesium silicate material, tough, hard and dense ceramic. The steatite ceramic mill lining blocks and grinding media are ideal performance partners. Steatite ceramic grinding media are manufactured from grade HF-82 and are more wear resistance than steel. Steatite is a fused magnesium silicate material manufactured from selected pure finely milled raw materials. It is off white in colour and does not contaminate the materials to be milled. As steatite HF-82 has homogenous internal microstructure, wear rate of the steatite grinding media is so insignificant that it does not affect colour and composition of the milled product. Steatite grinding media are used preferably for milling low viscosity materials, not requiring high grinding force. It has a specific density of ³207 gm/cc.
J
Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt Ltd, Nashik 422 007. Tel: 0253-2350120, Fax: 0253-2350023 Email: info@jyoticeramic.com, Website: www.jyoticeramic.com
FLUORESCENT & DISCHARGE LAMP CAPACITORS
arg Distributors offers capacitors that are used to enhance the power factor of fluorescent and discharge lamps. Normally, fluorescent and discharge lamps have extremely poor power factors (approximately 0.5-0.6) and therefore use energy very inefficiently. Lighting capacitors improve the power factor to >0.95 and have to be highly reliable. Fluorescent and discharge lamps will continue to function in case it fails the capacitor and therefore, detection of failed capacitors and their replacement is difficult. Therefore, it is critical to fix very reliable capacitors in fluorescent and discharge lamps.
G
Garg Distributors Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad 500 072. Tel: 040-2307 4040, Fax: 040-2307 3599 Email: garg@gdpl.org, Website: www.garggroups.com
LIGHTING ENERGY SAVERS
Power Engineering offers CoolLite lighting energy savers, manufactured by Conzerv. These energy savers help save 10-20 per cent in direct lighting energy consumption and run lamps cooler. They look similar to a computer CPU and are connected to the incomer of lighting supply. The energy savers are suitable for stabilised lighting circuits in commercial buildings and complexes; service industry (like hotels & hospitals; BPOs; cinema halls); public utilities (like indoor/ outdoor auditoriums, stadiums, educational institutions, residential buildings & apartments); municipal corporations for street lighting; and
E
154
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
all industrial facilities. They filter harmonics injected to the line by electronic lighting ballasts and reduce spikes in lighting circuits. The energy savers improve the power factor of a system. LED load status monitors with alarm relay output for low and high voltage. The lighting energy savers are provided with user-selectable settings to suit site conditions. E Power Engineering, Chennai 600 017. Tel: 044-2433 7598, Fax: 044-2433 7599 Email: epower_e@yahoo.com
STRUCTURAL FLOOR DECKING SHEETS
omposite slabs are a very practical and economical means of creating a floor system and works particularly well in conjunction with composite beam construction. United Steel & Structurals offers structural floor decking sheets that are designed to act as a composite deckform and fulfill all the basic requirements that are mandatory for any composite deckform. These are available in various finishes such as normal CR, galvanised, and pre-painted galvanised. Applications are in mezzanine floors, tensile steel for composite slab construction that cuts down on slab thickness and dead weight of buildings, and no separate form work required for slab casting.
C
United Steel & Structurals (P) Ltd, Chennai 600 018. Tel: 044-4232 1801, Fax: 044-4308 1142, Mob: 09840719032 Email: admin@unitedstructurals.com Website: www.unitedstructurals.com
CONNECTORS
luscon-SACB product group of Phoenix Contact, offers quick disconnect, pluggable connectors for sensors and actuator valves. Connectors can be plugged directly into the parallel wiring sensor bus modules and directly mounted anywhere. Connection to the superior controller is made with only one cable – the master cable – and the benefit is a fast start-up. Connection between the box and sensor or actuator is made with a sensoractuator-cable from the wide range of cablingand has many benefits such as: protection type IP67 for rugged industrial environments; M8 or M12 cable with/without LEDs; available with 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 wire cables; standard or custom length cables available; and available pre-wired, including master cable.
P
Phoenix Contact (I) Pvt Ltd, New Delhi 110 020. Tel: 011-3026 2800, Fax: 011-2638 3285 Email: response@phoenixcontact.co.in Website: www.phoenixcontact.co.in
TOP-MOUNTED LEVEL SWITCHES
ristal Instruments offers top-mounted level switches that facilitate any number of pre-determined level controls initiating audio-visual signals with a single unit. These level switches are designed to provide reliable operation in severe industrial applications. They are capable of withstanding
C
GENERAL PRODUCTS
temperature up to 200°C and pressure to 40 kg/cm²; and are excellent for use in overhead/underground tanks, hot water service, sterilising equipment and a variety of process control fluid level applications. The units consist of a vertical guided tube (stem) within which are located sensor switches, magnetic float sliding over the stem according to the level in the tank, switch housing and necessary mounting connection. Because the switches operate on the principle of magnetic-flux coupling with no mechanical connection, fluid contamination of switch components cannot occur. The hermetically sealed magnetically operated reed switch with Rhodium contacts is completely isolated from the medium and is guaranteed for one million operations. Cristal Instruments, Mumbai 400 080. Tel: 022-2569 3893, Fax: 022-2560 3474 Email: cristal@roltanet.com, Website: www.cristalinstruments.com
VACUUM LIFTING & TRANSPORTING DEVICES
acuLift offered by Vacuum Technology (India) is a vacuum lifting and transporting device, which can be hooked onto a crane or a hoist. These devices are versatile material handling products that reduce handling costs, handling times and labour costs. The lifting and transporting of flat objects, like steel plates, copper plates, aluminium plates, marble/ granite, laminated boards, etc., have always posed problems in the day–to-day handling of these items, for the manufacturing process. VacuLift provides ideal solutions in overcoming these problems. The products are held in position by vacuum and lashing is completely eliminated. In addition to the handling of flat objects, VacuLift is used for the handling of air-conditioners by Voltas and refrigerators by Godrej.
V
Vacuum Technology (India) Ltd, Mumbai 400 099. Tel: 022-2837 5837, Fax: 022-2836 4977 Email: acmevac@vsnl.com, Website: www.acmevac.com
LATHE MACHINES
alaji geared head extra heavy-duty lathe machines (series VGH) offered by Vinit Engineering Works are available with a height of centre up to 1066 mm, length of bed ranging up to 12000 mm, admit between centres up to 11000 mm, main spindle hollow at 150 mm, and main spindle nose of A2-12 type. The dynamically balanced spindle enable the spindle to run at vibration-free motion at 200 RPM. Spindles carry the 10T job weight. All gears are made of 20MN CR 5 material and are fully induction hardened and tooth profile grinding. The Norton
B
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
157
GENERAL PRODUCTS
gearbox is able to cut any of metric, modules and pitch (DP). Bed is made from graded cast iron and flam hardened up to 400 BHN diametral. Also offered are face plate, carrier plate, steady rest, follow rest, motorised coolant pump with tank and fittings, rear tool post, quick change tool post. The machine is maintenance free and easy-to-use. Vinit Engineering Works, Rajkot 360 004. Tel: 0281-2311734, Fax: 0281-2312091, Mob: 09879022052 Email: vinit@balajilathe.com, Website: www.balajilathe.com
AC DRIVES
trategi Automation Solutions offers a wide and rugged range of AC drives up to 400 kW ratings manufactured by Hitachi of Japan. These are available as simple variable frequency drives and also sensorless and flux vector drives. Simple variable U A L I T Y L300 & X200) are suitable for fan, frequency drives (models pump, and compressor and are available up to 132 A P P R Oapplications VED kW. These drives also incorporate O a special Hitachi algorithm to ensure higher energy savings in fan/ pump applications. The SJ700 series vector control drives have industry-leading starting torque of 200 per cent at 0.3Hz in the SJ700 series. These drives can be used for position control applications with the addition of a feedback option card. The latest WJ200 drives has many class leading features (such as 200 per cent starting torque). It has special algorithms to improve low speed regulation and can be used for simple positioning applications with encoder feedback without the use of any add-on card. L
Q
S
Strategi Automation Solutions Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 048. Tel: 080-3248 9798, Fax: 080-4116 3047 Email: corporate@strategiautomation.com Website: www.strategiautomation.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
PET MESH & BRAIDED TUBES
aras Enterprises offers PET woven mesh and braided tubes. These tubes are made of green PET wires and are widely used to protect the automotive wires & cables, optical, hoses, etc. They have strong abrasion endurance and expansion. The tubes are UL approved & ROHS compliant and have excellent flexibility, fray resistance, flammability and heat insulation. The continuous operating temperature of the tubes ranges from -40°C to +150°C. The PET woven mesh and braided tubes can also be customised as per customers’ demand. Single silk and multiple silk can be weaved into PET with different width and colours.
P
Paras Enterprises, New Delhi 110 008. Tel: 011-2582 0571, Fax: 011-2573 1640, Mob: 09811151571 Email: info@parasenterprises.com, Website: www.parasenterprises.com
158
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
POWER PRESSES
awa Press Systems have introduced super rigid series power presses in the capacity ratings of 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 80, 100, 125, 200 and 250 tonne conforming to IS standard both in terms of dimensions and geometrical accuracies. These machines incorporate modern design features and the latest manufacturing practice and beside standard equipment, they offer a wide range of optional equipment to increase its versatility manifold. Salient features include: variable speed drive, manual or motorised slide adjustment, pneumatic clutch, pneumatic counter balance, slide tool die holder, stroke counter, electro-pneumatic safety control, manual or automatic centralised lubrication system, hydraulic overload safety device, pneumatic die cushion die lifters and hydraulic die clamping. Applications include sheet metal components for automotive, furniture, electronic and a wide range of consumer goods industries.
K
Kawa Press Systems Pvt Ltd, Rajkot 360 002. Tel: 0281-2461102, Fax: 0281-2461665, Mob: 09825389169 Email: info@kawapresses.com, Website: www.kawapresses.com
PORTABLE DIGITAL HARDNESS TESTERS
ndia Tools & Instruments Co offers portable digital hardness testers (model ITI-130) that are used for inspection of bearings and other mass produced parts on a production line. These testers are also used for failure analysis of pressure vessel, steam generator and other equipment. They inspect installed machinery,
I
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
161
GENERAL PRODUCTS
permanent parts of assembled systems and heavy workpieces. Technical specifications include: display: 12.5 mm LCD with backlight; accuracy: display error ±0.8 per cent at LD=900; measuring range: 200-900L; conversion: HLHRC-HRB-HB-HV-HSD; materials: 9 different common materials; interface: RS232C; memory of 250 data can be stored and re-readable; power supply of 2 x 1.5 V AAA size battery; dimensions 146 mm × 65 mm × 36 mm; and weight of 130g (not including batteries). Other applications include: die cavity of moulds, testing surface of a small hollow space, material identification in the warehouse of metallic materials, rapid testing in large range and multi-measuring areas for large-scale workpiece. India Tools & Instruments Co, Mumbai 400 003. Tel: 022-2342 8862, Fax: 022-2341 2578, Mob: 09819345050 Email: itico@vsnl.com, Website: www.indaitools.net
ABRASIVE PAPER SHEETS
ihon Micro Coating Co. Ltd., Japan are pioneers in high quality abrasive materials under the brand name MIPOX and specialises in micro polishing research. MIPOX has launched abrasive paper sheets range (VARIOPAPER) that can be used in both wet and dry applications. Some of the characteristics of these abrasive paper sheets include: less scratches & uniform polishing; higher grain adhesion & hence longer life; l Less loading due to revolutionised bonding system & hence uniform finish; and available in both aluminium oxide & silicon carbide types & grit sizes (P60 to P2500) & with Velcro & PSA backings. Applications are in steel, plastics, wood, paint & varnish, derusting, finishing sheets & metal parts, etc.
N
MIPOX, Bengaluru 560 043. Tel: 080-6583 0898, Mob: 09972053377 Email: rag-rao@mipox.co.jp, Website: www.mipoxindia.com
INERT ATMOSPHERE CHAMBER FURNACES
hikovi Heat Gen Technologies offers inert atmosphere chamber furnaces that are front/top loading with 3-/4-sides and bottom-heated with hinged/vertical counter weight door opening arrangement. These are manually-operated batch type models with separate control panels. Some of the salient features of these chamber furnaces include: sturdy construction, uniform temperature, precise control, effective insulation, firm sealing, smooth door operation, separate control panels, etc. Applications are in hardening, annealing, stress relieving, normalising, pack carburising, gas carburising, gas nitriding, gas carbonitriding, bright hardening, etc.
S
Shikovi Heat Gen Technologies Pvt Ltd, Navi Mumbai 400 701. Tel: 022-2760 7758/59, Fax: 022-2769 6744 Email: sales@shikovi.com, Website: www.shikovi.com
162
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
INDUSTRIAL VACUUM CLEANERS
A
Q
cmevac Sales offers a range of sophisticated SwissVac industrial vacuum cleaners. The range covers industrial TY vacuum cleaners for light, medium, and duties. U A L Iheavy Powerful suction makes these vacuum cleaners suitable for wet APPROVED and dry applications. The collection tanks are made of stainless steel and are castor O mounted for mobility. Trolleys are provided for the heavier models. The trolleys have a special tipping arrangement for emptying the container without lifting it. The vacuum cleaners also have bypass motors/turbines that do not need special care. The air intake is in the lid, which allows for larger space. The larger models feature an exclusive triple filter system for proper filtration and for protecting the suction unit. Accessories include a set of nozzles for effective dust, dirt and wet pick up. C
Acmevac Sales Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 099. Tel: 022-2837 5837, Fax: 022-2836 4977, Mob: 09223388105 Email: acmevac@vsnl.com, Website: www.acmevac.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
REFLECTIVE PHOTOELECTRIC SENSORS
ubi Electronics offers Sunx-make (model EQ-34W) dual output adjustable range reflective photoelectric sensors that are specialised for detecting two different levels or surfaces for up to 2 metre sensing range. These sensors contain two individual outputs for two sensing distances: far (main) and near
L
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
165
GENERAL PRODUCTS
(sub). Hence, only one sensor is sufficient, where earlier two were required. The detectability of the sensors is very stable even if the lens is contaminated by dirt, dust, mist or smoke under an unclear environment. The sensors have IP67 protection and therefore they can also be used in damp areas. The main benefit of the sensors is non-contact type detection of the object with two different levels of output, which is most suitable for packaging, pharma and food processing industries. Typical application includes detection of level (upper & lower) in hopper, etc. Lubi Electronics, Ahmedabad 380 025. Tel: 079-2220 5471, Fax: 079-2220 0660, Mob: 09327497006 Email: info@lubielectronics.com, Website: www.lubielectronics.com
AMPLIFIERS
exas Instruments offers a 3.2-W per channel stereo Class-D amplifier and a 3-W, mono Class-D amplifier, both with fast gain ramp SmartGain automatic gain control (AGC) and programmable dynamic range compression (DRC). To achieve louder volume from the speaker without increasing the peak voltage, the TPA2028D1 and TPA2026D2 incorporate DRC to boost soft volumes automatically, allowing designers to compress the dynamic range of the audio to match the dynamic range of the speaker. Designers of cell phones, notebook PCs and portable DVD players can benefit from this cost-effective, smaller amplifier that extends battery life while improving volume and clarity. Key features & benefits include: devices have higher output power than leading competition, yielding louder volume (claims the company); 10x reduction in offset voltage, significantly lowers pop-noise for clearer audio and programmable SmartGain DRC with selectable compression ratios for up to 30-dB gain significantly enhances the loudness without increasing the peak voltage.
T
Texas Instruments India Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 093. Tel: 080-4138 1665, Fax: 080-2504 8308 Email: tiasia@ti.com, Website: www.ti.com
LIQUID NITROGEN LEVEL CONTROLLERS
lectronic Enterprises (India) offers two-point liquid nitrogen level controllers from AS Scientific Products Ltd, UK. These instruments provide the necessary controls for automatic filling of nitrogen containers. Two platinum resistance thermometers (Pt100) are used as level detectors. One sensor is located in the desired upper position, while the second sensor is placed at the appropriate lower position. At liquid nitrogen levels, the resistance of the platinum resistance thermometer (Pt100) falls to around 20 ohms (at ambient temperature, the resistance is 100 ohms). When a constant current source is passed through the sensor, it can be seen that when the sensor is covered, the voltage developed across the sensor is considerably different from that of an uncovered sensor. This voltage difference is used to switch ON/OFF a solenoid valve, which controls the flow of liquid nitrogen.
E
Electronic Enterprises (India) Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 015. Tel: 022-2413 7096, Fax: 022-2413 3341 Email: eecorporate@hotmail.com, Website: www.eeipl.net
166
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
VACUUM BOOSTER PUMPS
WET SCRUBBERS & GAS ABSORBERS
hivas Projects India manufactures and offers wet scrubbers and gas absorbers U A L I T Y for meeting pollution control board norms for outlet emissions for a wide range of gases, fumes, dusts A P P R O V E D as well as recovery of these, such as acid fumes (HCl, H2SO 4, HNO3 etc), HCl gas/Cl2 /SO2 /NOX/NH3/H2S/flue gases/furnace gases and other gaseous effluents. Based on the process and end product disposal requirements, various scrubber configurations are available, such as: multi-stage sieve tray scrubbers, multi-stage impingement scrubbers, wetted wall columns, venturi scrubbers, packed bed columns, spray towers, etc. Features include: wide range of MOCs, low liquid consumption at lower pressure when there is no cooling duty, low gas pressure drop, etc. Scrubbers and absorbers can also be fabricated as per consultants’ specifications.
Everest Blowers, New Delhi 110 064. Tel: 011-2811 4944, Fax: 011-2811 7469 Email: info@everestblowers.com, Website: www.everestblowers.com Certification: An ISO 9001 Certified Company
tallion Engineering Systems manufactures conveyors belts that conform to Indian and International standards. These conveyors are available in an exhaustive range of up to 1600 mm width with 2 ply to 8 ply construction in nylon-nylon/EP
Q
D
S
Q
ry mechanical vacuum booster pumps offered by Everest Blowers, meet the growing demand of the vacuum industry and are used in a number of applications where fast pump-down times are required and environment or energy usage concerns rule out any alternative pump selection. These vacuum booster pumps enhance performance, U A L I T Y ultimate vacuum and pumping speeds of oil-sealed, water-ring, dry vacuum type of mechanical pumps, widely used in A P P R O V E D industries. They are highly energyefficient and provide greater pumping capacity at least cost. Features include: high pumping speeds; improved ultimate and working vacuums; lower power consumption per mÂł/hr of pumping speeds; prevention of oil back streaming and contamination; provision of oil-free working environment and high overall efficiency. The vacuum booster pumps are also extensively used for vacuum distillation, object metallising, vacuum impregnation, roll metallisation, semiconductor processing, lamp & tubelight production, vacuum casting, sputtering, space R&D activities, etc.
Shivas Projects India Pvt Ltd, Ghaziabad 201 009. Tel: 0120-286 7115, Fax: 0120-286 6986 Email: shivasprojects@vsnl.net, Website: www.shivasindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001-2008 Certified Company
CONVEYOR BELTS
S
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
169
GENERAL PRODUCTS
fabric. They are offered with rubber/ PVC/PU covers in rough top/plain surface for various applications in industries, like mining, power, coal handling, fertilisers, packaging, baggage handling, construction, cement, sugar, paper mills, food, etc. Cover grade M-24, HR, SHR, OR, FR and food grades are available. The conveyor belts are manufactured from finest quality raw material and have superior properties, such as tensile strength with minimum elongation, high abrasion resistance, tear strength, etc. Stallion Engineering Systems Pvt Ltd, New Delhi 110 060. Tel: 011-4243 0460, Fax: 011-2575 2904 Email: conveyor@stallionengineering.com Website: www.stallionengineering.com
PNEUMATIC CYLINDERS
lectropneumatics & Hydraulics India offers standard pneumatic cylinders that are available with bores from 10 to 500 mm in any stroke length up to 3500 mm. Also offered are pneumatic cylinders that are made to ISO:6431 standard with bores from 32 to 125 mm are also available. The pneumatic cylinders are manufactured to a high degree of precision and come with a wide variety of mounting style options.
E
Electropneumatics & Hydraulics (India) Pvt Ltd, Pune 410 501. Tel: 02135-667 500, Fax: 02135-667 502 Email: epchakan@electropneumatics.com Website: www.electropneumatics.com
HYDRAULIC PRESSES
-type foot-operated hydraulic presses from Dowel Sellwell are available ranging from 15 tonne to 25 tonne capacity. These presses have a rigid and sturdy welded steel frame without bend. The cylinder is made from honed tube while the hard chrome plated R AM is made from mild steel, operated by singleacting cylinder. Good quality seals assure long working life. RAM is provided with replaceable socket to facilitate attachment of dies and tools on customer’s request. Some of the features include: two C-type production presses mounted on a table for assembly unit; operated by one power pack unit; separate foot switches for upward and down ward movement of RAM; separate pressure regulating valve; and variable length of stroke available.
C
Dowel Sellwell, Rajkot 360 002. Tel: 0281-236 2465, 236 9153, Fax: 0281-236 2465 Email: dowel@thedowel.com, Website: www.thedowel.com
170
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
AC DISPLACEMENT SENSORS
G Measurematics offers a wide range of AC displacement sensors. These displacement sensors are available in various sizes and specifications. They can also be customised as per customers’ specifications. The AC displacement sensors are available at reasonable prices (claims the company).
A
AG Measurematics Pvt Ltd, Roorkee 247 667. Tel: 01332-270772, Fax: 01332-271172, Mob: 09719510088 Email: info@agmpl.com, Website: www.agmpl.com
MANUAL HOISTS
arco offers manual hoists (integrated chain pulley block and geared travelling trolleys) manufactured strictly as per IS:3832 with hook as per 3815/8610 and Gr 80 load chain as per IS:6216 and Gr 30 hand chain as per IS:2429. These hoists have robust design, low headroom and failsafe disc brake, the only answer to lifting problems. They are supplied in capacity from 0.5 tonne to 30 tonne. Chain pulley blocks, push-pull trolleys or geared travelling trolleys are also supplied as separate units. The manual hoists are approved by all steel plants for their modernisation projects and by consultants. They are used in all zonal railways, electricity boards, ordnance factories, oil refineries and in all types of industrial units.
A
Aarco, Kolkata 700 013. Tel: 033-237 9736, Fax: 033-2253431 Email: guptarun@123india.com
172
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GEAR TOOTHED FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
ew Grand Engineering Corporation manufactures gear toothed flexible couplings that offer the most reliable and positive means of transmitting mechanical power with ample flexibility to combat various forms of misalignment angular, offset and combination of angular offset including end float of shafts. The double engagement type curved tooth flexible gear couplings consists of two geared hubs, two outer flange geared sleeves, a set of bolts, grease nipples and O-rings. The external teeth of the hubs engage with the internal teeth of the sleeves and flanges of two sleeves are bolted together thus making the unit a complete coupling. The geared hubs are made from forged steel and flange geared sleeves are made from forged steel or graded fast steel depending on the size and requirements. Sleeves and hubs are heat treated to hardness of 240 to 280 BHN to provide wear-resistance properties for longer life of the couplings.
N
New Grand Engineering Corporation, Kolkata 700 109. Tel: 033-5514 2134, Fax: 033-2553 0512, Email: grenco@vsnl.net
V
GAS DETECTORS ictory Gas Alarm Company manufactures and offers gas detectors (model GT-07) for measuring combustible gas (hydro carbon). These gas detectors come in size of 25 mm x 65 mm x 145 mm (±5 per cent). They weigh approximately 400 gm (with inbuilt rechargeable batteries). Number of test is 30 to 50 tests with full charge. Battery operation is by Ni-Cd or 6 V regulated external power supply. Operating temperature ranges from 5°C to 50°C. Purge
Pg No. 173 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Engineering Expo SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Engineering Expo
Pg No. 173
SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Engineering Expo Pg No. 174 SEARCH Feb 2011 Ad Name: Engineering Expo
Pg No. 174
GENERAL PRODUCTS
cycle is aspirator assembly. Display of analogue metre is with three-zone mark for easy identification and indicator light. Alarm is provided (factory set) for gas concentration in unacceptable level. Indication is provided for low battery, wait ready and fail indication. Victory Gas Alarm Company, Kolkata 700 012. Tel: 033-2212 2052, Fax: 033-2212 2040 Email: sales@victorygas.com, Website: www.victorygas.com
MILLING MACHINES
nternational Engineers Corporation manufactures and offers milling machines in various types and models. All the machines are precise and durable. The hydraulic feed machines are preferred by automobile and bicycle parts manufacturers because of their repeated accuracy and also because their production increases manifold. U A L I T YThese machines are available in two sizes, viz with table size 1100 mm x 275 mm (model UM-1000-GH) and A P P R O V1250 E D mm x 310 mm. The longitudinal table feed can be programmed as fast approach, R Oslow cutting rate, rapid return, stop cycle for the machine to be ready for the next run. One operator can easily handle two machines at a time to increase the output thereby cutting labour cost on the component. L
Q
I
International Engineers Corporation, Ludhiana 141 003. Tel: 0161-2490123, Fax: 0161-2490123, Mob: 09888176173 Email: iecm_ldh@yahoo.com , Website: www.internationalmillings.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 certified company
VERTICAL BORING-CUM-TURNING MILLS
uru Nanak Engineering Works (Regd) has introduced Karam vertical boring-cum-turning mills in 6 different models. Three machines have turning diameter capacities of 1200 mm, 1350 mm & 1750 mm, and come in single columns; whereas the other three models have turning diameter capacities of 2250 UALITY mm, 2750 mm & 3250 mm, and are of double columns. Working A P P R O Vheight E D of the machines ranges from 500 mm to 2000 mm. The geometrical accuracy of the O T R machines is maintained strictly as per Dr Schlesinger’s acceptance test chart. Castings of machine bed, rotary table, columns and cross rails, etc., are of very rigid construction made with proportionate addition of steel and other alloys to achieve the desired strength and durability. Variable frequency drive (AC drive) is used with main motor drive for the rotary table of the machines. Gear box for autofeed ram head both vertical & horizontal is also provided. L
Q
G
Guru Nanak Engineering Works (Regd), Batala 143 505. Tel: 01871-240188, Fax: 01871-241808, Mob: 9814652188 Email: karam@karamboring.com, Website: www.karamboring.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
ELEGANT CASTERS
exello Casters manufactures and offers elegant casters that are available as rust-resistant with blue wheels. These are chrome-plated casters that make minimum noise. They have synthetic rubber, positive double-locking and self-releasing facility. Strong sturdy materials are used. Wheels are provided with ball bearing and thread guards. Elegant casters are used for institutional
R
176
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
Q
GENERAL PRODUCTS UALITY
A P P R O V E Duuse, such as hospital trolleys, hotels and bakeries. These are available in wheel diameters of 3” (75 mm), 4” (100 mm), 5” (125 mm), and 6” (150 mm). Rexello Castors Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 093. Tel: 022-2687 3625 Fax: 022-2687 3580 Email: rexello@vsnl.com, Website: www.rexellocastors.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
PULTRUDED CABLE TRAYS
harat Electro Instrument Manufacturing Co offers pultruded cable trays that are manufactured in most advance pultrusion production plants. The cable tray sections are manufactured using polyester/vinylester and fire-retardant grade resin. Y U A L I Tresin These pultruded sections are class-I flame-retardant and meet APPROVED ASTM standards (ASTM-635). A surface veil is applied during the O pultrusion process to ensure a resin rich surface and UV resistance. Some of the advantages include: excellent chemical & corrosion-resistance; good impactcompression & electrical properties; high UV radiation stability; strong & sturdy; lightweight; easy in installation and reduce structural cost. Application are in: chemical plants, refineries plants, fertiliser plants, offshore oil platforms, thermal power plants, effluent treatment plants, industrial use, food & drugs industries, marine industry, etc. L
Q
B
Bharat Electro Instrument Manufacturing Co, Nadiad 387 002. Tel: 0268-2587061, Mob: 09825148522 Email: info@beimco.com, Website: www.beimco.com Certification: An ISO 9001: 2000 Certified Company
PTFE STOCKSHAPES & MACHINED COMPONENTS
industan Nylons manufactures and offers PTFE & filled PTFE standard stockshapes and machined components. A wide range of products are offered under one roof, such as moulded rods, RAM extruded rods, moulded bushes, RAM extruded rigid pipes, moulded rigid sheets, skived flexible sheets & machined components, such as gaskets, expansion bellows, UALITY valve components & other components as per customers’ design. A P P R O V E DVarious grades used are virgin PTFE, chemically modified PTFE, carbon, glass, bronze, graphite-filled PTFE, etc.; & special grades as per applications and specification of customers. Specialty products are mainly chemically treated/ sodium itched PTFE items, Trexonn brand machine tool slideway liners and PTFE R AM extruded rigid pipes & liners in long length. Q
H
Hindustan Nylons, Miraj 416 410. Tel: 0233-2644468, Fax: 0233-2644772, Mob: 09373054560 Email: contact@hindustan-nylons.com Website: www.hindustan-nylons.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
178
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
HYDRAULIC VANE PUMPS
M Shah & Company offers imported Vickers equivalent fixed displacement hydraulic vane pumps and cartridge kits for mobile & industrial applications. These pumps contain a rear cover, front body shaft and cartridge kit. Tandem balanced type vane pumps share one inlet thereby reducing space requirements and installations costs. The vane design with self-compensation for wear and clearances make volumetric efficiency of pump nearly constant over service life. Intravane design of the vane pump keeps the vanes in constant contact with the cam ring. Even at higher speeds and pressures this self-compensating vane tip wear feature provides high performance over life of the pump. Cartridge kits are the primary way to service the pumps to restore the pump performance, lower the replacement cost and reduce downtime. The cartridge kit is independent of the shaft allowing for easy change of flow capacity and field servicing without removing the pumps from its mounting.
S
SM Shah & Company, Mumbai 400 034 . Tel: 022-2352 0108, Fax: 022-2352 0108, Mob: 9821423821 Email: smshahco@yahoo.com Website: www.hydraulicvanepump.com
S
UNIVERSAL APPLIANCE TESTERS ymtronics Automation offers turnkey solutions for computerised line and type testing of industrial products and appliances, like compressors, motors, air-conditioners pumps,
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
181
GENERAL PRODUCTS
refrigerators, washing machines, mixers, water coolers, etc., in a rapid, automatic manner. These microprocessor or PCbased systems are available with full colour graphic terminals, data logging and highspeed scanned testing. The installation base includes almost all appliance majors. Universal appliance testers (model UAT-961) that are extremely versatile and powerful tabletop instruments for safety and performance testing of almost all the above appliances. Symtronics Automation Pvt Ltd, Pune 411 026. Tel: 020-2712 0716, Fax: 020-2712 0931 Email: info@symtronicsindia.com, Website: www.symtronicsindia.com
CRUSHING STRENGTH TESTERS
MS Engineering Works offers crushing strength testers to determine the crushing strength of paper cones, tubes and cores used in textile spinning mills, paper industry, film winding industry, etc. These machines are very ideal for both, manufacturers of paper cones & tubes as well as end users, like paper mills, spinning mills, etc. These machines are operated by pneumatic air pressure and the conveniently located dial gauge facilitates easy reading of the crushing strength. They are supplied with one standard set of testing jaws. The crushing strength testers are compact in design with
L
182
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
space saving features and easy portability. LMS Engineering Works, Coimbatore 641 027. Tel: 0422-6579775, Fax: 0422-2431279 Email: sales@lmsengg.com, Website: www.lmsengg.com
ILLUMINATED MAGNIFIERS
ynascan Inspection Systems Co offers illuminated magnifiers (model MAG-3), available in three different models of high quality, high performance combining the best of mechanical construction with lighting and optical performance. Large diameter precision lens offer distortion-less binocular viewing. The lens is designed for strain-free vision, even if continuously used. Circular fluorescent tubes offer high intensity lighting of daylight colour. The circular shape eliminates shadows from the object under inspection. Due to the cold light provided, there is no discomfort from the heat or reflected glare both usual when using filament lamps for local lighting. Additional parallel lens are provided as optional. Light tables feature universal stand, which allow the lens head to be positioned at any angle in the XYZ plane. These units are available with vice base or can be mounted on light tables, which provide bottom lighting for inspection of PCB films, satellite photographs, transparencies, X-rays, etc.
D
Dynascan Inspection Systems Co, Bengaluru 560 100. Tel: 080-4110 2747/2768/9, Fax: 080-4110 2949 Email: dynascan@vsnl.com, Website: www.dynascan.info
GENERAL PRODUCTS
HEIGHT GAUGES
recihite ultra height measuring gauges offered Uby TY A L IElectronica Mechatronic Systems are available with 2D measurement facility and in a completely indigenised A P P R O V E D design. The state-of-the-art technology controller, graphical LCD and new soft touch keyboard is used to improve the graphical user interface and life of keyboard. Motorised movement improves repeatability of the machine and reduces the skill requirement of the operator. One can export to AutoCAD facility, which can create CAD drawings from measurement. The fast movement becomes possible due to JOG keys within two measurement, which reduces the inspection time. Results can be directly printed on a thermal printer with the touch of a button. More than 200 machines are working worldwide. Since these are available in indigenised design, they are cost-effective as compared to international competitors (claims the company). Q
P
Electronica Mechatronic Systems (India) Pvt Ltd, Pune 411 009. Tel: 020-2422 4440, Fax: 020-2422 1881 Email: drosales@electronicaems.com, Website: www.electronicaems.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
ELECTRONIC ULTRASONIC PEST REPELLERS
D
hakar Engineers manufactures and offers electronic ultrasonic pest repellers to repel rate, insects, lizards, cockroaches, pigeons, spiders, etc. These ultrasonic pest
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
185
GENERAL PRODUCTS
repellers can be used to repel pigeons in factory sheds, godowns, warehouses, etc.; and also to repel rats in computer rooms, cable trenches, control rooms, stores, offices, etc. The pest repellers transmit high intensity sound at high frequencies. Sound at such high frequency is not audible to human ear. The sound generated are fiendish in the way that it penetrates the pests’ brain and nervous system and causes fear, discomfort and creates intolerable environment for different kinds of pests. But since it is not audible to human beings, there are absolutely no side effects. By just plugging the ultrasonic pest repellers into electric sockets, and switching them on, the instruments work for 24 hours continuously. There is no sound, no fuel, no maintenance and negligible power consumption. Dhakar Engineers, Udaipur 313 024. Tel: 0294-249 0211, Fax: 0294-249 0548 Email: dhakareng@hotmail.com
PLATE BENDING MACHINES
odson Bending Systems offers 3-roll standard pyramidtype plate bending machines that are easy to maintain and useful for various jobs, modern design & rigid structure. Its mechanism is so simple that even semi-skilled worker can perform accurate job. These machines are fitted with electric brake motor & control panel, so that they can be stopped at any stage of operation. They are fitted with gearboxes, electric brake Y U A L I Ttwo motor, pushbutton-type movable operating switchboard and A P P R O V Eelectric D control panel for easy & safe operations. R O Working in over capacity and moreover, bending operations become easier. The whole machine is made out of quality prime materials. These machines are very useful for getting cylindrical shapes and better performance. They work with 3 rolls pyramid principle. Housings are made from MS plate of suitable strength and mounted on heavy base frame. Rolls are made from forged steel and are perfectly machined for accurate result. L
Q
G
Godson Bending Systems Pvt Ltd, Rajkot 360 002. Tel: 0281-2361467, Fax: 0281-2361873, Mob: 09879079267 Email: godsonindia@hotmail.com, Website: www.godson-india.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2009 Certified Company
HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE INDICATORS
atlax Enterprises offers humidity, temperature and pressure indicators that measure and record temperature, pressure and humidity at the selected reading rates, while shock is recorded as the peak stepping up levels at the same time. The display unit continuously displays process, RH and temperature under programmable range. Technical specifications include: supply voltage: 230 V AC ±10 per cent @ 50 Hz, display type: 7-segment red 0.56”, display: 4-digit, 3-row; input: 4-20 mA (for each channel); scale factor: temperature range: -50°C to +150°C, humidity range: 0-
K
186
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
100 per cent RH, and pressure: 0-100Pa; resolution: 0.1 & 1; accuracy: 0.1 per cent of span ±1-digit; temperature operating: 050°C; storage: -5-60°C; housing: ABS plastics (96 x 96 x 85 mm); weight: approximately 380 gms; and mounting: din rail panel meter. Applications are in automotive, HVAC, consumer goods, weather stations, humidifiers, de-humidifiers, food & agro, textile, test & measurement, space electronic assembly, ICUs, air handling units, multiplexes, data logging and automation. Katlax Enterprises Pvt Ltd, Dist Gandhinagar 382 721. Tel: 02764-286 784/85, Fax: 02764–286 793 Email: info@katlax.com, Website: www.katlax.com
LIGHTING POLE TERMINALS
lmex lighting pole terminals from Econix Hi-Tech Components offer safe and reliable termination solutions for streetlight wiring requirements. The special construction of these lighting pole terminals ensures minimum junctions unlike contemporary terminal blocks, thus making them suitable for long distance wiring without much heat generation and minimum voltage drop. A solid copper alloy piece functions as a current carrying part and wire clamping unit. The lighting pole terminals come in two varieties, one with two inputs & one output; and other with three inputs & one output. The first variety is suitable for continuous wiring across the length of the streets. The second variety offers a
E
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
189
GENERAL PRODUCTS
facility for taking a T-junction as an additional feature. The Elmex range includes lighting pole terminals suitable for 25 sq mm and 35 sq mm wires. Also offered are Allan key operated or screw driver operated lighting pole terminals.
Hi-Life Machine Tools (P) Ltd, Ahmedabad 382 340. Tel: 079-2282 1615, Fax: 079-2282 2800, Mob: 09898083890 Email: info@hilifegroup.com, Website: www.hilifegroup.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
Econix Hi-Tech Components Ltd, Vadodara 390 010. Tel: 0265-2642021, Fax: 0265-2638648, Mob: 09327345777 Email: india_sales@elmex.net, Website: www.elmex.net
CYLINDRICAL GRINDING MACHINES
NC cylindrical grinding machines (model SWIFT-500) offered by Hi-Life Machine Tools are designed to cater to customer requirements of high accuracy, productivity and reliability of performance. These machines are suitable for production as well as tool room applications. Features include: UALITY machines with Siemens 802D CNC system, 2-axis and single spindle controlled; specially designedA P P R O V E D heavy-duty machine bed made of single-piece close grained graded casting; digital AC servo motors for X-Z axes; linear motion guideways for cross slide & better response; universal work head with CNCcontrolled constant surface speed of workpiece; separate oil filtration/re-circulation unit for grinding wheel head; straight/angular wheel configuration available; CNC control permits multi-diameter external grinding in plunge or traverse, taper, radius, profile grinding; manual pulse generator provided; menu-driven grinding cycles with screens; colour monitor with graphic simulation; and airconditioning unit for control panel. Q
C
HAND PUMPS
C
hemineers offers hand pumps in stainless steel 316, polypropylene, and galvanised cast iron materials of construction. Their unique features are high capacity (40 LPM), high head (15 feet), high suction lift (10 feet), etc. These pumps handle clear liquids, slurries, thick liquids, trash, effluents, mud, latexes, etc. Their diaphragm and check valves (flap types) are offered in nitrile, neoprene, EPDM, silicone and Viton rubbers. This enables them to handle any free-flowing liquid. The hand pumps are trolley-mounted, portable and supplied in readyto-use form. They find application in barrel unloading, direct transfer to height, inplant transfer, effluent handling and a host of other applications.
C
Chemineers, Rajkot 360 002. Tel: 098250 79948, Fax: 0281-246 4814 Email: info@diaphragmhandpump.com, Website: www.diaphragmhandpump.com
WRAPPING TESTERS
estern Electronic Enterprises offers wrapping testers for wires (model WTE-6) that are designed to conduct wrapping test on wires from 0.5 to 6.0 mm diameter, including high tension. These testers consist of a metallic cylindrical mandrel and an arrangement of wrapping the wire under test over them with the help of an electric motor, a gearbox and a pulley arrangement. A reversing switch is provided for reversing the motion of the motor for unwrapping the wire. A revolution counter is also provided to count the total number of turns wrapped. Different mandrels of specified diameters can be fitted easily in the equipment. An arrangement to support the mandrels on both the sides is also provided to ensure that they do not get deflected unduly under the load suspended from the wire. Various components are fitted on a sturdy metallic frame, which is finished in dark grey hammertone painting.
W
Western Electronic Enterprises342 003. Tel: 0291-2746774, Fax: 0291-2646774, Mob: 09314044517 Email: electronicwestern@yahoo.co.in
PTFE LINED VALVES
upremo Line & Control manufactures fluoropolymer FEP, PFA, PTFE, lined SGI/WCB/SS pipes, valves and fittings using technical know-how and raw materials for appropriate application of resin for successful results with international quality for the chemical industry. U A L I T YSalient features of these products include: low co-efficient of friction, chemical inertness, non-toxic, approved A P P R O VbyE Dinternational food & drugs regulatory authorities, non-inflammable, self-sealant, R Oexcellent weathering resistant, zero water absorption. L
Q
S
Supremo Line & Control , Ahmedabad 380 024. Tel: 079-2220 5282, Fax: 079-2220 5181, Mob: 09724505282 Email: supremoproduct@gmail.com, Website: www.supremopolymer.com Certification: An ISO-9001:2008 Certified Company
190
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
CUTOFF MACHINES
ippon Electrical Industries has developed 355 mm cutoff Y U A L I Tmachines machines (model BU-14) that are powerful having 2000 W dynamically balanced motor with A P P R O Vno E Dload 3700 RPM. These cutoff machines have large applications for cutting off round bars, pipes, O shaped steel tubing, conduct and channels. They can be extensively used in any heavy-duty industrial construction. The cutoff machines are portable, continuous type and 100 per cent indigenous so that all parts are locally available. The biggest advantage over imported tools for model BU-14 is that it is very economic in price (claims the company). Q
N
C
Nippon Electrical Industries, Ahmedabad 382 330. Tel: 079-2282 2750, Fax: 079-2280 0119, Mob: 09376710401 Email: marketing@nipponpowertools.com Website: www.nipponpowertools.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
KEYLESS TRANSMISSION ELEMENTS UALITY Q
N
C
MT Group offers keyless transmission elements that entirely eliminate shafts/hub keyways.A P P R O V E D This method is very simple. By expansion of the outer and shrinkage of inner rings of the elements, shaft and hub frictional connections are established. These transmission elements have great absorbing capacity of kinetic
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
193
GENERAL PRODUCTS
energy by elastic radial deformation of tapered rings. They are available in a wide range from 10 mm dia to 400 mm dia and in various models. Features include: no keyway, no extra machining, no notch effort; perfect true running; high fatigue strength under alternating torsional stress; free from wear; overload protection effect; easy adjustability; easy mounting & removal; and maintenance-free. The keyless transmission elements are used for connection of gear wheels, chain sprockets, levers, cam plates, belt pulleys, brake drums, flywheels, couplings & clutches, shaftmounted gearing, flanges, track wheels, impellers, etc. NMT Group, Ahmedabad 382 330. Tel: 079-2282 1527, Fax: 079-2282 0214, Mob: 09328271660 Email: nmtg@nmtgindia.com, Website: www.nmtgindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
COMBI FLAP BRUSHES & WHEELS
algro-Fynex combi/interleaved flap wheels are manufactured from closely packed strips of valgro material, with an additional flap of coated Labrasive between each layer. The interleaved Y U A I Tbonded flaps are then radially to a resin core, and then mounted onto a spindle. Interleaved flap brushes are designed for electric hand APPROVED tools and small bench grinders. The O valgro material between the layers of coated abrasives provides a resilient backing that eliminates the possibility of the layover effect encountered with conventional abrasive flap wheels. Interleaved flap wheels generate a deep uniformed scratch pattern, which is significantly more aggressive than the non-interleaved wheels. L
Q
V
Valgro Engineers Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 382 415. Tel: 079-2297 2603, Fax: 079-2297 2606, Mob: 09374083443 Email: sales@valgroabrasives.com, Website: www.valgroabrasives.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
DC MOTORS
BE Motors manufactures and offers DC motors that are applicable wherever variable speed control drives are used. The speed control of these DC motors is by armature control or field control at constants torque and for constant continuous operation, due to incorporation with latest technology, which ensures safe and trouble-free operations under critical conditions. The V-weld imparts heavy strength to the yoke. Armature laminations are of high quality electrical grade steel. TY Commutator is made silver-copper-alloy. Electrolytic copper U A L Ifrom segments are insulated from one another with mica. Riser APPROVED connections are TIG welded. Armature windings are impregnated with O synthetic resin and properly baked at designed temperature to give complete protection against damage from moisture, acids and alkalies. Main poles are made from thick laminations (GI sheet). High-electro graphite carbon brushes are used. The motors are equipped with screen protected drip proof and totally enclosed. External force cooling is provided with blower-mounted motor. L
Q
N
NBE Motors Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 380 024. Tel: 079-2274 0467, Fax: 079-2274 1196, Mob: 09327049213 Email: info@newbharat.com, Website: www.newbharat.com Certification: An ISO 14001:2004 / ISO 9001:2000
194
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
DRUM MIXING PUMPS
ransflo Pumps manufactures and offers drum mixing pumps that are provided with precisely designed perforation in order to achieve a circulation of the liquid in the container and thus enhances mixing. The mixing of fluids within a closed drum or container is always a difficult task. These mixing pumps are ideal for drum mixing but the contents must be thoroughly mixed before they can be pumped out. The twostage mixing pumps with a removable mixing tube can be quickly replaced with the suction tube for transferring of thoroughly mixed liquids in the drum. Both mixing and pumping can be performed with the same drive unit. All pumps tube sets are interchangeable with any of our drive motors. The drum mixing pumps are useful for blending liquid-liquid medium, liquid-solid medium in drum and small volume containers.
T
Transflo Pumps Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 078. Tel: 022-2566 6826, Fax: 022-2566 6827, Mob: 09821132651 Email: transflo@vsnl.net, Website: www.transflopumps.com
DIGITAL INSULATION TESTERS
attery-operated digital insulation testers offered by Rishabh Instruments have selectable test voltages like 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 V. Insulation resistance measurement is from 10 ohms to 999 mohms. Preselectable measurement time for insulation resistance measurement is from 10 seconds to
B
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
197
GENERAL PRODUCTS
5 minutes. Automatic discharge of capacitive circuits after test is performed. Other features include: live circuit detection; preselectable limit checks (go/no-go option) for mohms; storage memory for the last 50 readings; low resistance measurement (0.01 ohms to 99.9 ohms); continuity testing with programmable threshold resistance; voltage measurement of up to 600 V AC/ DC; stopwatch function; auto power-off; power supply battery of 6 x 1.5 V cells, IEC LR6; and service life of typically 3000 x 5 sec operations.
possible with the ionisation current electrode or with UV detectors QRA 2, QRA 10C which are available with plastic, die cast aluminium housing, with different sensitivities and accessories, like quartz glass, heat insulation glass, etc.
Rishabh Instruments Pvt Ltd, Nashik 422 007. Tel: 0253-220 2202, Fax: 0253-235 1064 Email: marketing@rishabh-instruments.com Website: www.rishabh-instruments.com
GAS BURNER CONTROLS
lassic Enterprises offers a complete range of gas burner controls (LFL series) from Landis & Gyr. These burner controls are used for startup and supervision of single or two-stage gas or gas/oil burners having a capacity of up to 350 kW in intermittent operation. The LFL series is designed for control and supervision of forged draught gas burner of both expanding flame and interrupted pilot instructions of medium to high capacity. They are universally applicable and can be used for both gradually and modulating operated burner types as well as for gas/oil burners. Different models are available in burner control type LFL that depends on application. Flame supervision can be
C
Classic Enterprises, Mumbai 400 020. Tel: 022-2203 4496, Fax: 022-2207 3777 Email: classic@bom3.vsnl.net.in Website: www.classic-combustion.com
COUPLING CONNECTORS
etronics offers circular threaded coupling connectors. These are designed and manufactured in conformance to JSS50812 standards (Indian Military Specifications) and MIL C 5015 standards (US Military Specifications). The features include lightweight and rugged shell, corrosion proof, vibration proof & resistant to heavy, condensed atmosphere, high-power carrying capacity, resilient insulator & grommet, high-reliablity, machined contacts with silver or gold plating in sizes 16 through 0, to accommodate wire gauges from 16 to 0 swg and multi contacts. Different contact layouts and sizes in these connectors allow current carrying capacity up to 150 A. The four types of connector shells include straight plug, cable connector, box mounting receptacle and wall-mounted receptacle.
J
Jetronics India, Mumbai 400 063. Tel: 022–2874 1869, Fax: 022-2872 5164 Email: jetronic@vsnl.com, Website: www.jetronicsindia.com
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
199
GENERAL PRODUCTS
Q
T
C
Everest Transmission, New Delhi 110 064. Tel: 011-2811 6307, Fax: 011-2811 7469 Email: info@everestblowers.com, Website: www.everestblowers.com Certification: An ISO 9001 Certified Company
200
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
AC MOTORS
elite Electro Service manufactures and offers AC motors with housing (stator frame) of cast iron body with cooling ribs. These motors come with a core of insulated lamination and a high-pressure die-cast aluminum cage. The whole rotor assembly is dynamically balanced to ensure quiet and T Y the rotor is protected by antivibration-free operation. Surface U A L Iof corrosion coating. Shafts are made from high carbon steel, ie A P P R O V E DEN-8. Terminal box is located at the right hand side of the drive end side, sealed against ingress of moisture, and also provided with conduit entry. High airflow external bi-directional polypropylene fans assure low temperature rise to give the motor an extended life. Fan cowls are suitable gauge pressed steel construction, securely bolted to end shield of the motorbody. The range of AC motors include: vibrator motors; torque motors; and AC squirrel cage induction motors in flange, extended shaft and foot-mounted versions.
D
C
win lobe rotary air blowers (roots type) manufactured by Everest Transmission are positive displacement machines, L I Tair which discharge a constant volume Y when operated at U Aof a constant speed. These machines are suitable for both pressure and vacuum applications. PressureA P P R O V E D is not developed inside the blower but by the demand of the system. Differential pressure therefore varies to meet the load conditions and system resistance. Horsepower required is proportional to the differential pressure across the suction and discharge of the blower. The air delivered is totally oil-free. The air blowers are extensively used in cement plants, pneumatic conveying systems, effluent treatment plants for aeration, water treatment plants for backwashing of filters, blending of powder material, agitation of chemical solutions, aquaculture, electroplating, etc. Special biogas blowers are also available. The rotary air blowers are manufactured on sophisticated plant and machinery to ensure high quality of workmanship resulting in interchangeability and high performance.
L
ROTARY AIR BLOWERS
Q
Delite Electro Service, Ahmedabad 380 018. Tel: 079-2929 3920, Fax: 079-2274 3375, Mob: 09825022091 Email: delectroservice2006@yahoo.com Website: www.dcmotorindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
GENERAL PRODUCTS
SEWAGE SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
alama Industries manufactures and offers sewage submersible pumps for use in sewage, wastewater, raw water, cooling water, sludge and grit, storm and flood water, industrial effluents, construction sites, drainage in plants, factories, etc. Squirrel cage dry induction motors are specially designed for use in these submersible pumps. Stators are wound with F-class insulation wire which is rated up to 155ยบC. Motors are driven with three phase 415 V, 50 HZ power supply. Specially designed highefficiency volute casing and impeller, hydro-dynamically balanced, smooth flow pattern less risk of clogging with self cleaning abilities, cutter type impeller suitable for handling high viscous sewage, fibre are also included in these pumps. Rigid vertical rotor-cum-pump shaft dynamically balanced is held between a single row ball bearing at non-driving end and double row angular contact ball bearing at driving end which take care of axial and radial forces acting on pump. Impellers are also dynamically balanced.
C
Calama Industries Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 062. Tel: 022-2874 3563, Fax: 022-2874 3588 Email: sales@calama.com Website: www.calama.com
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
203
GENERAL PRODUCTS
VACUUM BLASTING EQUIPMENT
ynco Industries manufactures and offers vacuum blasting equipment (model SPBV 08C-1) that are compact and versatile vacuum blasting machines. These equipment give users the flexibility of cleaning components to a depth/height of about 5 metres from the machine position. The sturdy construction is designed for rough handling. This model is easy to move to the place of blasting due to its compact size where other machines find difficulty to reach such as submarine holds. The equipment has many applications. Besides for construction and maintenance of ships, the equipments can also be used for maintenance of bridges, machinery, power plants or for renovation of concrete. They are also used in steel, shipbuilding, offshore and petrochemical industries as well as for maintenance purpose in civil works sector, such as cleaning bridges, tunnels and buildings. Restrictive environmental legislation and a greater awareness of health hazards were the main reasons for developing these vacuum blasting equipments.
S
Synco Industries Ltd, Jodhpur 342 003. Tel: 0291-274 1571, Fax: 0291-274 2557, Mob: 09829022258 Email: synco_2000@yahoo.com
F
CRAMMER FEEDERS eed-O-Master series crammer feeders (force screw feeders) manufactured and offered by Malik Engineers are suitable for plastic extruders. These machines are specially designed for
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
205
GENERAL PRODUCTS
ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING EQUIPMENT
he surface finishing of critical metal components used in hip, U A L I T Y surgery knee, elbow and shoulder joint replacement/corrective is a specialised task. Wide variety of surface finishes can be APPROVED produced depending upon the components’ nature, the end use and surgeon’s own O specifications to enhance cement fixation and for cosmetic purposes. MEC Shot Blasting Equipments offers abrasive blast cleaning of implants and dental braces. The glass bead blasting technique produces a uniform nonreflective finish and a clinically clean surface and diffuse light to minimise glare and distraction Q
T
C
206
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
MEC Shot Blasting Equipments Pvt Ltd, Jodhpur 342 005. Tel: 0291-2740609, Fax: 0291-2742409 Email: mail@mecshot.com , Website: www.mecshot.com Certification: An ISO-9001-2008 & 14001:2004 Certified Company
POLYWATT POWER LEDS
wality Photonics manufactures and offers polywatt power LEDS (KLHP3433x) that are excellent high power LEDs UALITY solid-sate light applications. The emitter with silicon lens technology A Pprovides P R O V Egood D life and can be reflow soldered at 260°C. The light output decay less than 10 O per cent at severe stress conditions (700 mA, 85°C, 85 per cent RH) proves high reliability. Due to phosphor technology the white and warm white show good color stability (less than 50K shift with Tj at 100°C). Due to special lens design users get uniform light with any secondary optics.
K
L
Malik Engineers, Dist Thane 401 210. Tel: 0250-239 0839, Fax: 022-2883 0751 Email: info@malikengg.com, Website: www.malikengg.com
highlights. The equipment employed is either suction type or pressure type abrasive blasting cabinets using high quality glass bead as abrasive media. These cabinets are incorporated with high illuminating lights for clear visibility, media recycling system for regular flow of media. The feature of dust extraction is provided to keep the environment clean and within permissible limits of dust emission.
Q
running difficult-to-feed materials having low bulk density. Normally, the materials are manually stuffed into the extruders that are dangerous and can lead to catastrophe, occasionally. Also with ordinary hoppers, the feed rate is not accurate, even with granules being fed varying as the level of material in the hopper changes. The crammer feeders are strongly recommended for extruders, since not only materials of low bulk density be properly fed, but also normal granular material properly fed at controlled rate, irrespective the level of material inside the hopper. The crammer feeders can also be used for feeding PVC resin in dry blend form. They consist of a vertical specially designed screw of special profile to feed the material downwards into the extruder feed throat.
Kwality Photonics Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad 500 062. Tel: 040-2712 3555, Fax: 040-2712 4762, Mob: 09885000062 Email: kwality@kwalityindia.com, Website: www.kwalityindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
GENERAL PRODUCTS
INFRARED GAS SENSORS
nalyser Instrument Co offers a new range of infrared gas sensors from Edinburgh Instruments Ltd, UK, designed specifically at detector of refrigerant gases. Developed from the GuardianPlus wall-mounted gas monitors and Gascard II OEM sensors, respectively, the Guardian FR and Chillcard II instruments are designed to measure a wide range of HFC and HCFC refrigerants (freons). In addition, there are two models designed to detect ammonia. The standard measurement range for all instruments 0-1000 PPM by volume and the range of instruments available to order measure the following gases in air R-125, R134a, R-123, R-22, R-11, NH3, etc. The Guardian FR design can be wall-mounted and is supplied in an IP54 rated enclosure, giving protection against the ingress of particulates and water. Chillcard II sensor is based on the Eurocard format and ideally should be incorporated in the client’s own instrumentation.
A
Analyser Instrument Co Pvt Ltd, Kota 324 005. Tel: 0744-2420611, Fax: 0744-2423591, Mob: 09829038061 Email: satyendr@sancharnet.in, Website: www.aicplindia.com
WIRE CONVEYOR BELTS
eetmull Jaichandlall manufactures and offers wire conveyor belts in a wide variety of range and type suiting individual requirements and purpose. These conveyor belts help in conveying, transferring, moving and transporting objects or goods. The conveyors are used in processing
J
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
209
GENERAL PRODUCTS
systems of annealing, hardening, tempering, sintering, quenching, drying, etc. They are made with wires of stainless steel, high tensile, mild steel, GI spring steel, etc. Also offered are wire meshes, perforated plates, demister pads, expanded metal, gabbions, wedge wire panels, gratings, wire products, etc, that find wide application in food processing, glass, cement, automobile, steel plant, sugar, flour mills, refractories, distilleries, chemical and fertilizers, engineering, etc. Jeetmull Jaichandlall (P) Ltd, Kolkata 700 001. Tel: 033-2238 9811, Fax: 033-2218 1476, Mob: 09831124843 Email: jjmesh@vsnl.com, Website: www.wiremeshes.com
SCREW COMPRESSORS
oge Kompressoren offers screw compressors (model S40-2) that form part of the award winning S-series range of screw compressors. The Boge S series screw compressors are manufactured to provide the medium to large compressed air users with a powerful, efficient and reliable source of compressed air. A modular design allows for individual configuration of the compressed air system to meet each compressed air users exact requirements. The award winning Boge S series design incorporates a clever cabinet layout with an innovative design to ensure maximum efficiency. All maintenance parts are easily accessible from one side of the compressor keeping maintenance costs to a minimum. It is calculated that energy costs account for around 75 per cent of the lifetime costs of compressed air generation. This makes energy optimisation essential for any compressed air user. The S-series is available in the standard pressure of 8, 10 and 13 bar.
B
Boge Kompressoren, Chennai 600 018. Tel: 044-4300 9610, Fax: 044-4300 9603 Email: s.sriram@boge.com, Website: www.boge.in
RUBBER-BONDED GRINDING WHEELS
uper Abrasives offers rubber bonded grinding wheels that are resilient and as strong as the other wheel suitable where coolant is used. These rubber-bonded grinding wheels show different characteristics compared to other bonded grinding wheels. The finish obtained is high and rich and can be used in precision grinding, cutting, grooving, polishing and regulating. They are used as regulating wheel in centreless grinding machine, grooving in resistors, etc. The rubber-bonded grinding wheels are recommended for precision grinding of steel, 55 HRC and above, in cylindrical and centreless operations under coolant conditions where in higher stock removal and polish are the criteria. Starting from thinnest of cutting to deep plunge grooving of metals, these grinding wheels exhibit perfect grinding and polishing in the component. Wheels are flexible, imparting a high accurate finish in microns. Finish obtained under dry conditions is free from scratches, chatter and score marks.
S
Super Abrasives, Bengaluru 560 058. Tel: 080-2839 5693, Fax: 080-2837 1091 Email: superabrasives@vsnl.com, Website: www.superabrasivesindia.com
210
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
ELASTOMER SEALING SYSTEMS
iamant Triumph Metallplastic manufactures and offers elastomer sealing systems. Elastomer-based seals possess the characteristic elastic qualities of rubber, within specific temperature limits, providing for wide ranging possibilities during the moulding process. Various elastomers are used based on requirements in each case. Some of the advantages of the elastomer sealing systems are: low cost, simple groove design & ease of installation, used to counter range of sealing problems, etc. Areas of application include: primary sealing elements, as energisers for other seals, in static, reciprocating & oscillating areas, etc.
D
Diamant Triumph Metallplastic Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 034. Tel: 080-2258 7678, Fax: 080-2572 0643 Email: dtmp@dataone.in, Website: www.triumph-diamant.com
COMPARISON TESTERS
rbuda Instruments manufactures and offers comparison testers that are high efficiency, reliable, economical and durable. These comparison testers are compound machines used for combined checking of vacuum and air. They range up to 2000 kg/cm² and come in all stainless steel construction, all carbon steel construction, and carbon steel with stainless steel wetted parts construction. The comparison testers are portable machines used for onsite calibration.
A
Arbuda Instruments, Gandhinagar 382 026. Tel: 079-3220 8318, 9328297128 Email: arbudainst@yahoo.com, Website: www.arbudainstruments.com
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
213
GENERAL PRODUCTS
CLIMATIC CHAMBERS
AC climatic chambers offered by CM Envirosystems are uniquely designed and built for long life performance and lasting reliability with typical features to suit the versatile testing UALITY needs of stringent international standards. Developed with best engineering the inherent reliability in the system A Ppractices P R O V Eenhancing D these climatic chambers are uniquely designed O to suit any ergonomic conditions to perform various tests of temperature and relative humidity as per international standards. They are available in different ranges of parameters and capacities as per specific testing requirements. All standard sizes are available in stock to meet the just-in-time testing needs of various industries. A modular design with monoblock construction with high-grade quality material; fully vacuumised multipane window for condensate free view of the specimen; and environmental-friendly non-CFC refrigeration system with safety protected devices for high cooling efficiency. Direct vaporisation system humidification with lowpressure vapour boiler and refrigeration based dehumidification for accurate control of relative humidity. L
Q
P
CM Envirosystems Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 562 111. Tel: 080-2773 4123, Fax: 080-2773 4010, Mob: 09341031912 Email: info@cmenvirosystems.com, Website: www.cmenvirosystems.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company
ALUMINIUM TOWER LADDERS
nnapurna Trollies manufactures and offers aluminium tower ladders (model ATPL-011 & 013) that are available with small size castor wheels and with 2 nos bigger (4 ft dia) iron wheels. These aluminium ladders are available with a height of 8 feet to 60 feet with aluminium chequered sheet standing platform and high safety locking system. At high level the aluminium tower ladders are very useful for any maintenance work, erection, painting jobs and at high level up to 60-feet. They are easy to fold, dismantle and easy handle from one place to another due to their long handle smooth wheel system.
A
Annapurna Trollies Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 380 009. Tel: 079-2646 2389, Fax: 079-2281 1308, Mob: 9228107181 Email: info@annapurnatrollies.com, Website: www.annapurnatrollies.com
COARSE WIRE MESHES
hampion Manufacturing Company manufactures and offers coarse wire meshes that are suitable for heavy-duty screening. Apertures of these meshes are 4 mm and greater available in square or rectangular types. Their finish is as woven or with edge preparation. They are woven from precrimped wires. Materials of construction are carbon steel, spring steel, galvanised mild steel, stainless steel, etc. The coarse wire meshes find applications in cement industries, stone crushers, coal feeders, machinery belt guards, component trays, etc.
C
Champion Manufacturing Company, Hyderabad 500037. Tel: 40-23771404/08, Fax: 40-23771420, Mob: 9346418371 Email: metalmesh@usa.net, Website: www.indiamesh.com
214
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
GUILLOTINE POWER SHEARING MACHINES
olex grade I guillotine power shearing machines from Jeet Machine Tools are available in built-in steel fabricated body with the help of stress relieved heavy-duty plates to eliminate deflection. Model overcrank is suitable for sheets and plates above 5 mm and up to 16 mm thickness. Various models are available that have different shearing length. The smallest being 1.25 metre and the largest being 3 metre. Mechanical rolling T-type machines as well as hydraulicallyoperated machines are also available. Blades fitted to the machines are of high carbon high chromium and are four-edged. Sheet gripping for accurate cutting is supplied with all the machines as standard feature. Overcrank shearing is for heavier thickness of plate above 5 mm. The machines are duly fitted with all electrical and standard accessories.
R
Jeet Machine Tools Ltd, Mumbai 400 023. Tel: 022-2265 1944, Fax: 022-2265 5782, Mob: 563563563 Email: jmtltd@eth.com, Website: www.jeetmachinetools.com
POLYURETHANE RUBBER PRODUCTS
rvind Anticor offers various engineering cast polyurethane rubber products in the form of rods, bushes, pipes, sheet cord and profiles from liquid casting system. The outstanding features of these materials include excellent wear and impact
A
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
217
GENERAL PRODUCTS
resistance, strong bonding to metals and plastics, resistance to gear oil, lubricants and chemicals, resistance to gear oil, lubricants and chemicals, resistance to rupturing; and machinability. These cast polyurethane products re used in virtually every industrial sector, such as packaging, lamination, material handling, engineering, oil, gas, chemicals, steel and automobiles. The technology extend to handling a wide range of polyurethanes from 30°C, shore A to 100°C shore A, appropriate casting technique ensures manufacture of products weighing from 50 gms to 300 kgs. Arvind Anticor Ltd, Ahmedabad 382 445. Tel: 079-2589 1941/4692, Fax: 079-2583 0287 Email: arvindanticor@hotmail.com Website: www.picklingplant.com
INVERTER RECTIFIERS
ogora Cosmic manufactures and offers inverter rectifiers (model IR-400) that are secondary inverter type welding rectifiers for best quality welding. These rectifiers are very sturdy and specially designed for Indian conditions. They are available from 200 A to 600 A range. Special features include: hot start and anti-freeze of electrode; overload trip; compact in size; excellent welding characteristics; remote control facility for current; all types of electrodes can be weld, including E-6010 (cellular electrode); can be used for TIG welding; stepless control of welding current; inverter technology saves power; higher current range of 10 to 400 A DC ensures maximum duty cycle and longer life of the equipment; 400 A @ 60 per cent duty cycle for 40-degrees ambient temperature; +10/-15 per cent input voltage fluctuation; and optional digital ammeter/voltmeter/remote controller.
M
Mogora Cosmic Pvt Ltd, Pune 411 019. Tel: 020-2747 4687/97, Fax: 020- 2747 7253, Mob: 9825191901 Email: info@mogora.com, Website: www.mogora.com
AUTO BURNERS
ayatri Controls & Automation manufactures and offers single-phase auto burners. These burners are one of the effective, useful and key products for the plant. They are implemented by keeping in touch with the user requisite of energy saving, easy regulation and maintenance. The single-phase auto burners are well prepared and configured by technical experts. They have an aluminum casting body with lightweight. The fuel pump of Suntek is fuel saving and compatible with environmental requirements. Fida’s transformer and Landis & Gyr’s sequence control box is used in the making of the burners.
G
Gayatri Control & Automation Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 382 445. Tel: 079-2584 0686, Fax: 079-2584 1836, Mob: 9825387551 Email: info@gayatricontrol.com, Website: www.gayatricontrol.com
218
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
GENERAL PRODUCTS
HYDRAULIC DOCK LEVELLERS
ock Lifts Material Handling Equipment manufactures hydraulic dock levellers that are used as a bridge between loading dock floor and load bed of transport vehicle. They are safe & efficient and work using forklifts and pallet trucks. The dock levellers are used for loading and unloading heavy loads and are able to service wide range of load bed heights. Some of their features include: Features: hydraulic operating system; easy-tooperate, quite & smooth cycling; electro-hydraulic raising & hydraulically lowering of dock leveller controller; restricted free fall through a hydraulic velocity fuse; and power pack mounted underneath the deck. Technical specifications are: power unit 1 HP, loading bay level 1100 mm from ground, vertical travel 450 mm above & 250 mm below dock level, hydraulically powered lip, length of lip extension 400 mm from the ramp edge & 100 mm tilt compensation, and capacities range from 5000 kgs to 9000 kgs.
D
Dock Lifts Material Handling Equipment, Bengaluru 560 013. Tel: 080-2838 5635, Fax: 080-2838 5635, Mob: 9845106992 Email: docklifts1@vsnl.net Website: www.dockliftsindia.com
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
221
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
METAL DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SWITCHES
arksdale manufactures and offers metal diaphragm pressure switches (types D1S/D2S & D1T & D2T) that are mechanical single/dual pressure switches available with repeatability of ±1.0 per cent at constant temperature. These pressure switches have adjustment ranges of 0.005 to 10.3 bar and 0.006 to -1 bar (vacuum). Some of their salient feature include: metal diaphragm pressure switch, wetted parts welded, direct action, no friction, high accuracy, etc. Applications are in machine & tool engineering, autoclaves, pump control, refrigerant monitoring, chemical industry, ship building applications, etc.
B
Barksdale GmbH, Germany Tel: +49–6035–949176, Fax: +49-6035-949111 Email: info@barksdale.de, Website: www.barksdale.de
COMMERCIAL PUSH SPREADERS
gri-Fab manufactures and offers commercial push spreaders (model 45-0382). The 14 gallon (dry)/125 lb hopper holds enough seed for really big jobs 25,000 sq ft or approximately 1/2 acre. Rugged design holds up to demanding professional use. Wheel-driven spreader is provided with up to 12’ broadcast width for quick coverage of large areas. Stainless steel hardware eliminates rust and corrosion for low maintenance. Adjustable handle for comfortable operation by multiple users are also provided. Foam handgrip feature increased comfort and reduced fatigue. Wheel bearings are for smooth rolling, spreading and greater durability.
A
Agri-Fab, USA Tel: +1-800-4489282, Fax: +1-217-7284053 Website: www.agri-fab.com
HOT-MELT APPLICATION SYSTEMS
praymation manufactures and offers updated Thermopulse hot-melt application systems (series 970) that are high performance, trouble-free, industrial quality systems, with features not previously available except at much higher cost. Compact and ruggedly constructed, an adjustable pressure pulsation free pump, supplies molten adhesive to either a handgun applicator, or one of several types of electromatic automatic applicator heads. Sophisticated electronic solid-state circuitry controls temperature, at three different zones, with an accuracy of ±1 per cent. All heater circuits are individually fused. Temperature adjustments are positive and simple to make. A digital display monitors individual temperatures, or scans through all zones. Although it is unlikely that trouble shooting will be needed, a built-in diagnostic circuit displays error codes to enable the user to rapidly determine what steps should be taken for correction. Handguns require no connections. Automatic guns require only a connection to the initiating signal.
S
224
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
Spraymation Inc, USA Tel: 1-954-4849700, Fax: 1-954-4849778 Email: sales@spraymation.com, Website: www.spraymation.com
WIRE CUTTERS & STRIPPERS
he Eraser Company, Inc manufactures and offers wire cutters and strippers (model CS800) that are fully programmable, fully electric bench top instruments. The units can process wire from 10 AWG to 30 AWG and can quickly and precisely cut and partial strip 6,150 pieces per hour at 2.5” lengths (63.5 mmø), and 5,700 pieces per hour at 4” lengths (101.6 mmø). With programmable batching and ten variable feed rates, the CS800 is the perfect production tool for complete automation.
T
The Eraser Company, Inc, USA Tel: +1-315-4543237, Fax: +1-315-4543090 Email: info@eraser.com, Website: www.eraser.com
BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS
ankison International has redesigned its CATALITE CBA series breathing air purifiers that use proven technology to provide clean, dry, safe air for multiple industries. These breathing air purifiers remove contaminants in 6 stages of filtration to meet OSHA, CGA, ANSI, and CSA breathing air standards. They are completely engineered, packaged systems consisting of multiple purification stages as standard equipment. Breathing air requirements affect various industries. The breathing air purifiers are designed to be used as an addition to the plant air source to convert compressed air to breathable air for those processes identified as hazardous. Regulations requiring personal protective equipment, such as hoods, masks and helmets are fully met by the breathing air purifiers. Adding a CATALITE system will help users to eliminate the inhalation threats of toxic fumes, gases, and vapors found in petrochemical, construction, mining, manufacturing, sandblasting and painting, or stale air found in confined spaces.
H
Hankison International, USA Tel: +1-724-7451555, Fax: +1-724-7456040 Website: www.hankisonintl.com
TURNING CENTRES
aas Automation offers turning centres (SL-40L Long-Bed), an extended version of the shop-proven SL-40 turning centres. These turning centres provide a maximum cutting length of 80” (nearly twice that of the standard SL-40) and a maximum cutting diameter of 25.5”. Featuring a 15” chuck and an A2-8 spindle nose that provides bar capacity of 4.0”, the SL-40L also comes with a 40-hp (peak) vector dual-drive system and a high-torque gearbox. They combine to yield 1,400 ft-lb of spindle torque for heavy cutting, and speeds to
H
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
2,400 RPM for finish work and high surface feedrates. On-the-fly wye-delta switching provides the high torque and wide constanthorsepower band necessary for consistent surface speed cuts. Haas Automation, Inc, USA Tel: +1-805-2781800, Fax: +1-805-9886918 Email: sales@mtscnc.com, Website: www.haascnc.com
ELECTRIC ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
hanghai Zhaohui Pressure Apparatus offers electric engine oil pressure transducers that are updating products of mechanical engine oil pressure transducers. It is also the necessary technical adoption for European Union (phase III & IV) emissions standards, which requires the engine oil signal to be sent to ECU in order to control the rotate speed of engine. Therefore, testing and controlling the oil of engine lubricative system is a significant safeguard to lower temperature of engine, improve drive torque, decrease oil consumption and exhaust emission under the high-speed running of engine. Features include: fast connection, excellent electric & magnet compatibility, concussion resistance, great matching with gauge, low-pressure warning, pass TS16949 test, high reliability and medium price. Technical specifications include: range of 0.1 Mpa~0 Mpa~200 Mpa, accuracy of Âą0.5 per cent FS, output 0.5~4.5 V DC, 4~20 mA or optional, voltage supply of 5 V DC, 24 V DC (10~36 V
S
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
225
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
DC), operating temperature –20°C~100°C, overload 1.5 × FSO, Packard#12065287 port optional electric connector, 1/8-27NPT or customise process connector, etc. Shanghai Zhaohui Pressure Apparatus Co, Ltd, China Tel: +86-21-55530032, Fax: +86-21-55530345 Email: info@zhyqsensor.com, Website: www.zhyqsensor.com
PHOTOELECTRIC SENSORS
ontrinex offers analogue photoelectric sensors in size 30 x 30 x 15 mm that are characterised by their large sensing range from 10 to 100 mm, excellent temperature stability and outstanding repeat accuracy. The sensing range is independent of the colour or surface structure of the object to be detected. In addition, since intermediate digitalisation has been dispensed with, resolution of the devices is virtually unlimited. Use of analogue sensor technology permits the realisation of numerous applications. The sensors feature a bandwidth of 500 Hz, as well as a voltage (0-5 V or 0-10 V) and a current output (1-5 mA or 4-20 mA) in the same device, thus providing users with great flexibility. The devices are fully potted, equipped with glass windows and comply with the degree of protection IP67.
C
Contrinex GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-2153-73740, Fax: +49-2153-737455 Email: info@contrinex.de, Website: www.contrinex.de
ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATORS
ussman Electric generators (model applications. These generators are perfect
Boilers manufactures electric steam MBA) for small capacity electric steam small sized, small capacity electric steam for applications requiring efficient, high quality steam in laboratories, hospitals, pilot plants and for small, intermittent, low-steam consuming loads. They can be used for standby operations in offseasons or when a larger boiler is shut down or unavailable. Some of the technical specifications are lbs/hr sat steam 9 to 60; kW rating 3 to 20; PSIG range 0 to 90, etc. Features include: safe easy-to-use heat source, no onsite products of combustion; easy & quick to install, they require only a water feed connection & electrical hook-up; and steam available at the flip of a switch. Applications are in laboratory use, steam for small tanks, reactions & distillations, autoclaves, food products, jacketed vessels for processing waxes, paraffins, glues, resins & varnishes and wood-bending.
S
Sussman Electric Boilers, USA Tel: +1-718-9374500 (Extn: 1231), Fax: +1-718-9374676Email: seb@sussmancorp.com, Website: www.sussmanboilers.com
POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULES
ase Electronics manufactures and offers low-voltage power distribution modules (models PM8 & PM8R) that distribute power from a low voltage power source to eight fused outputs. Model PM8 includes standard replaceable 2.0 A 3AG-
B
226
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
type fuses (¼” x 1¼”). Model PM8R uses 2.5 A PTC auto-resettable fuses. These modules are ideal for distributing power to CCTV cameras, security system components, motions detectors, exit buttons, etc. The micro-series modules have been designed to provide powerful features in a small footprint. Module circuit board is only 2.50” x 5.00”. Nylon standoffs are included for mounting the board. Two terminals are provided for each output. Two terminals are provided for power input and another two terminals are included for daisy-chaining power to the next module, if needed. Heavy-duty wire clamp terminals allow for 1422 AWG wiring. Base Electronics, Inc, USA Tel: +1-719-5409697, Fax: +1-719-5409698 Email: salesinfo@baseelectronics.com, Website: www.baseelectronics.com
GEARBOXES
oneng Transmission Co manufactures and offers C, CR, F & K series gearboxes that are modularised and compact in design. These gearboxes have good liability, large scale of ratio and long life-span. They have complete cast iron housing with high structure intensity and assure a good intensity for the shaft and a very good bearing life. The gearboxes are applied in many industries along with good quality and swift service.
B
Boneng Transmission Co, Ltd, China Tel: 86-577-67368937, Fax: 86-577-67368930 Email: india@boneng.com, Website: www.boneng.com
PLUG CONNECTORS
Stahl has extended its miniCLIX plug connector series with a 7-pole version (6 poles + PE for AC signals). The new type, which is certified according to EII 2G Ex de IIC T6, was specially developed for low voltage applications in Ex zone 1. It is designed for rated voltages up to 400 V AC and rated currents up to 16 A. MiniCLIX plug connectors serve to isolate non-intrinsically safe signals in hazardous areas. Their innovative design enables users to in-stall, maintain and exchange all devices and systems in zone 1 during operation – it is no longer necessary to disconnect the device or obtain a special permit. Ex d field devices can be converted into plug-&-play units by means of a connector. The new miniCLIX version features two additional contacts and supports larger wire gauges (up to 15 mm in diameter) than previous models.
R
R Stahl Schaltgeräte GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-7942-9434300, Fax: +49-7942-943404300 Email: info.ex@stahl.de , Website: www.stahl.de
228
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
FLOW SENSORS
ensirion AG offers flow sensors (model SLQ-HC60) for flow rates below 100 ml/min. These reliable, inexpensive flow sensors fill a gap in the existing range of products for precise measurement in the low millimeter range. They are water-resistant flow meters that operate without moving parts and grant highest reliability and media compatibility. Flow rates below 100 ml/min can be measured for a wide range of media. Also the detection of bubbles in the microliter range is possible. These small, highly sensitive, MEMS-based flow meters enable precise measurement of dynamic flow rates with a response time of less than 50 ms. They require a supply voltage of 24 V and provide a 0–10 V analogue output signal. Media separation ensures that liquids only get into contact with glass, PEEK and Tefzel during the measuring process.
S
Sensirion AG, Switzerland Tel: +41-44-3064000, Fax: +41-44-3064030 Email: info@sensirion.com, Website: www.sensirion.com
POWER CONNECTORS
arting (HK) offers push-pull power connectors for use in harsh industry environments. These power connectors offer IP67 power connections within the standard push-pull RJ-45 connector housing. Both versions offer quick termination technology for field assembly. The pushpull power connectors are designed for applications in the industrial field, where IP67 is needed. The compact design makes use of these connectors in standard office environment also possible. Four turned contacts of the push-pull power connectors are able to carry 16 A at 230 V AC per pin. The board and cable side provide touch protection according to DIN. Applications for the power version are AC power supplies with three-phase and ground, or redundant DC power supplies.
H
Harting (HK) Ltd, Hong Kong Tel: +852-29415521, Fax: +852-24804378 Email: ada.fung@harting.com, Website: www.harting.com
PUNCH FORMERS
in Chan Machinery Co offers punch formers (model PF-300) that are adaptable on surface grinders above 818 mm² in order to clamp punches within Ø70 mm for grinding various shapes. The V-block with fine tuning functions up and down can fix workpieces steadily and accurately. Maximum clamping diameters is Ø70 mm. The travel of V-blocks is 30 mm. Quantity of tooth and accuracy of disk is 24, 15’ ±5”.
G
Gin Chan Machinery Co, Ltd, Taiwan Tel: +886-2-26818596, Fax: +886-2-26818516 Email: gin8@ms17.hinet.net, Website: www.ginchan.com.tw The information published in this section is as per the details furnished by the respective manufacturer/distributor. In any case, it does not represent the views of
SEARCH 230
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |
FEBRUARY 2011
PRODUCT INDEX
To know more about the products in this magazine, refer to our ‘Product Index’ or write to us at search@infomedia18.in or call us at +91-22-3003 4684 or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better. S. No Product 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
Pg No
2-wire transmitters 8 Abrasive blast cleaning equipment 206 Abrasive blast rooms 169 Abrasive blasting machines 169 Abrasive paper sheets 162 AC displacement sensors 172 AC drives 137, 158 AC geared motors 92 AC motors 200 AC series gearbox 18 AC servo 119 AC/DC motors 69 AC/DC panels 96 Access control systems 110 Acoustic enclosures 91 Actuators 189 Adaptor 193 Adhesives 237 Air compressor 117, 125, 199 Air cooled reciprocating compressor 117 Air purifier 167 Air treatment 151 Air-conditioning equipment and compressor’s spare parts 229 Airport passenger baggage trolleys 103 Alarms 60 Alloy wheels 103 Alu-cera polymer 7, 13 Aluma coat 7, 13 Aluminium extrusions 75 Aluminium high precision component 221 Aluminium oxide ceramic composite 7, 13 Aluminium processing 175 Aluminium tower ladders 214 Aluminium worm geared motors 102 Amplifiers 166 Analog & digital panel meter 11 Apparel & footwear 15 Appliance switches 27 Apron conveyors 203 Area sensors 73 Assembly line 196 Assembly technology 65 Auto burners 218 Automatic drain valves 162 Automatic rolling shutter 21 Automatic spray guns 131 Automatic torch 97 Automatic voltage stabiliser 203 Automation 8, 12, 217 Automation & process control 41, 57, 111 Automation & security systems 177 Automation & storage system 47 Automation solution 92 Automotive automation in engine & transmission assembly 196 Auxiliary equipment for thermal spray coating system 205 Axial fan series 160 Bakelite tubes 162 Ball & roller bearings 66 Ball bearings 185 Ball transfer units 103 Ball valve 166, 221 Ball valves with pneumatic & electric actuators 161 Balls 170 Bandsaw machine 220 Barrier gates 110 Basket strainer 221
S. No Product 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132
Pg No
Batteries & chargers 41, 57, 111 Battery charger-battery eliminator 203 Battery chargers 197 Battery operated pallet trucks 127 BBL brake motors 69 BBL/KEC flame proof motors 69 Bearings 66, 138, 185 Bending machines 130 Bin activator 181 Blanking lines 175 Blasting media 169 Blue torch 97 Boaring machines 220 Boiler panel welding automation 53 Bollards 21 Brake motor 39, 76, 102, 120, 188 Brass cable glands 221 Brass castor wheel 103 Brass components 221 Brass inserts 221 Brass meter parts 221 Brass parts 221 Breather valves 221 Bridge type milling machines 53 Bronze wheel 103 Brushless DC motor (BLDC motors) 18, 92 Brushless motor control 18 Building automation 12 Butterfly valves with pneumatic & electric actuators 161 Cable 39, 41, 43, 57, 84, 111 Cable carriers 138 Cable connectors 138 Cable glands 59, 165, 221 Cable tray-cable ladder 203 Cables & leads for fixed instaction 47 Cables for bus systems 47 Cables handling & processing systems 47 Cables scanps 47 Calibrators 8 Cam followers 211 Carbide 193 Carbide tools 193 Cast iron castings (CI castings) 210 Cast/extruded 203 Castor wheels 103 Castors 103 CCTV surveillance 110 Ced coating machines 12 Centre drill 193 Centrifugal blower 117 Centrifugal compressor package 117 Centrifugal pumps 37 Ceramic adhesive cement 7, 13 Ceramic electrical heater parts 7, 13 Ceramic processing furnaces 205 Chain conveyors 196 Chain pulley block 120, 250 Chains 138 Chair castor 103 Channel magnet 189 Check valve 166, 221 Chemical tanks 165 Chemicals & adhesives 41, 57, 111 Chemlok coating machines 12 Chuck 193 Circuit protection 41, 57, 111
S. No Product 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198
SOURCE AUTOMATION & INSTRUMENTATION PRODUCTS @ 234
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Pg No
Circular / gyrator vibro machine 189 Circular connectors 200 Cistern type manometer 221 Climatic chambers 214 Clutch & brake 18 CNC Back inside cover CNC cutting machines 12 CNC high speed drill tap center 202 CNC laser cutting machines 12 CNC lathes 159 CNC machine 220, Back inside cover CNC machine solution 223 CNC oxy fuel cutting machines 12 CNC plasma cutting machines 12 CNC prassbrake 220 CNC toolings 193 CNC turning center Back inside cover CNC vertical lathes 210 CNC vertical machines 210 CNC vertical machining center Back inside cover, 17 CNC vertical turning lathes 210 CNC/VMC machines 14 Coarse wire meshes 214 Coating machines 12 Coating plants 12 Coating systems 12 Cold chamber die casting machine 202 Cold storage 231 Cold storage dockhouse 21 Cold storage door 21 Collecting electrodes for vertical esp 203 Collet 193 Collet chuck 193 Combi flap brushes & wheels 194 Combination gates 110 Command panel systems 45 Comparison testers 213 Components handing systems 196 Compressed air division 186, 214 Compressed air system 48 Compressor 48, 117, 125, Front inside cover Conductor 217 Conduit systems 200 Conduits and connector systems 27 Connectors 6, 41, 57, 59, 111, 138, 154, 165 Connectors accessories 47 Console systems 45 Container cranes 77 Containers 165 Control & automation 43 Control cabinets 51 Control cables 84 Control panel accessories 27 Control panels 51, 197 Control systems 51 Control valves pneumatic & motorised 161 Conventional precision lathes 159 Conveyor belts 169 Conveyor castor wheel 103 Conveyor trolleys 103 Conveyors 215 Conveyors and automation systems 21 Cooling systems 60 Cooling tower 151 Cooling tower motors 102, 188 Cooling water treatment 247
www.engg-expo.com
PRODUCT INDEX
S. No Product 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267
Pg No
Counters & power supplies 5 Counters rate product 8 Coupling connectors 6, 199 Crab assembly 225 Crab hoist 120 Crammer feeders 205 Crane duty motor 39, 76, 102, 120 Crane kits 225 Crane scales 166 Cranes 16, 120, 225, 250 Crimp contact & tools 47 Crushing strength testers 182 Crystals & oscillators 41, 57, 111 Cushion dock shelters 21 Custom built motors 76, 188 Custom designed power system 227 Custom moldings 165 Customerised software development 87 Custom-made cables 47 Cutoff machines 193 Cutting machines 12 CVT 197, 203 Cylindrical grinding machines 190 D/c stackker 205 Dampers 189 Data cables 47 Datalogic scanners 213 DC motors 194 Dehumidifiers 217, 219 Demagnetiser 197 Desiccant dryer 117 Detectors 60 Dewpoint meters 60 Didactic equipments for training 51 Die lift 205 Digital almen gauge & almen strips 161 Digital insulation testers 197 Digital mark sensor 73 Digital multimeter 11 Digital panel meters 60 Digital synergic control 97 Dip spin coating machines 12 Disc break 181 Discharge electrode / discharge electrode assembly 203 Discharge frame 203 Distribution boards 163 Dock levelers 21 Dock lift 205 Dock shelters 21 Door - PVC flap 21 Door - PVC strip 21 Door - rapid flexible 21 Door - rapid roll up 21 Door - sectional overhead 21 Door – telescopic 21 Door runners & tracks 103 Doors - high speed 21 Doors – insulated 21 Doors - inter locking 21 Double drum & triple drum magnetic separator 197 Double girder EOT crane 225 Double scissor lift table 205 Down shop leads 197 Drawer magnet 189, 197 Drill chuck arbor 193 Drill chucks 186, 214 Drill mill 193 Drives 19, 92, 185 Drum mixing pumps 197
S. No Product 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335
Pg No
Drum trolleys 103 Drum type magnetics separator 189 Drums & carboys 165 Dry van pumps 91 Duel speed motors 188 Duel/multi speed motors 76 Dust collectors 169 Ear plugs 153 Effluent treatment 183 Elastomer sealing systems 213 Electric controls 65 Electric drives 65 Electric forklift truck 21 Electric motor lamination systems 175 Electric motors 171 Electric wire rope hoist 16, 120, 194, 225 Electrical actuators 189 Electrical connectivity 217 Electrical measuring instruments 68,96 Electrical operating & discharge rods 164 Electrical products cable ties 59, 165 Electrical systems 43 Electrical transducers 11 Electro magnetic vibratory feeder 189 Electromagnetic disc brake 181 Electronic locking 110 Electronic timers 28, 30, 32, 34 Electronic ultrasonic pest repeller 185, 189 Electronics products 59, 165 Elegant casters 176 Element shrink disc 211 Elevators 250 Email marketing 168 Emergency light 197 Enclosure cooling units 45 Enclosure systems 45 Enclosures 41, 57, 111, 172 Encoders 5, 92, 109 End carriage assembly 225 End mills 193 Energy efficient motor 76, 102 Energy saving gas burners 205 Engineering plastic plugs & sockets 28, 30, 32, 34 Engineering plastics 203 Engines 199 Enterprise application development 87 Entrepreneur magazine 239 EOT crane 16, 120, 194, 250 E-safe fibre glass ladders 164 Evaporative air cooler series 160 Evaporative cooling pad series 160 Excavator 199 Exhibition - Automation Expo 2011 180 Exhibition - Blech India 2011 216 Exhibition - DMI 2011 198 Exhibition - Electronics For You Expo 2011 212 Exhibition - Engineering Expo 173 Exhibition - HiTech Manufacturing Show 232 Exhibition - IETF 2011 208 Exhibition - International Packtech India/ Drink Technology India 2010 20 Extended trolley 225 Eye wears 153 Factory automation 12, Front gatefold Fail-safe assembly system & consumer automation 196 Fall protection gear 153 Fan & filter units 45 Fans 41, 57, 111 Fasteners 178, 221
S. No Product 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404
Pg No
Fasteners & mechanical 41, 57, 111 Ferrous & non ferrous high precision parts 221 Fial safe break 181 Fiber sensors 73 Filtration 247 Finishing machine 189 Fire dampers 189 Fire shutter 21 Fixed mounting hoist 225 Fixed munting hoist 225 Flame arresters 221 Flamproof products 8 Flange motors 39 Flange mounting b5/b35 motors 69 Flanging machines. 130 Flat belt conveyors 196 Flat cables for submersible pumps 47 Flat high tension single-twin igniting electrodes 7, 13 Flexi panels 89 Flexible cables & wires 47 Flexible roller conveyors 196 Floor scrubbers & driers 243 Flooring 150 Flow instruments 195 Flow rate indicators 8 Flow switch 221 Fluid 10 Fluidised bed coating machines 12 Fluorescent & discharge lamp capacitors 154 Flush bottom tank valve 166 Flush bottom valves 221 FMCG & auto component 196 Foot mounting motors 39 Force actuation 157 Forged parts 221 Forklift truck 179 Four fold gate 110 Free cables 47 Free flow conveyor 196 Freewheel-oneway-clutches 211 Frequency meters 68, 96 Friction drop hammer 178 FRP underground fuel tanks 165 Funnel magnet 189 Furniture castor 103 Furniture castor wheels 103 Fuse box 186 Gantry crane 120, 225 Gap frame press 209 Garage doors 110 Garments 153 Gas burner controls 199 Gas control & regulators product 161 Gas detectors 172 Gas distribution plates 203 Gas distribution screens 203 Gas springs 78 Gas trains 161 Gate valve 166 Gauge accessories 195 Gear box 10, 194 Gear boxes 194 Gear motor 10,18, 194 Gear toothed flexible couplings 172 Geared & flexible couplings 10 Geared box 123, 181 Geared brake motors 76 Geared motor 69, 76, 120, 123 Gears 10, 194
F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
235
PRODUCT INDEX
S. No Product 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475
Pg No
Glass 121 Glass & tobacco 196 Glass processing furnaces & lehrs 205 Glass sensor doors 110 Glide coating machines 12 Globe valve 166, 221 Gloves 153 Goliath cranes 120, 250 Goods lift 193 Grill magnet 189 Grinding machines 121 Grinding media 7, 13 Grinding tools for hard materials 121 Guillotine power shearing machines 217 Hammer 178 Hand magnet 189 Hand pumps 190 Handling system modules 51 Hannover fairs 182 Hard chrome plated bars 225 Harness 153 Healthcare 196 Heat shrink tubing 59, 165 Heat sinks & hvac 41, 57, 111 Heating 60 Heavy duty castor 103 Heavy duty castor wheel 103 Heavy duty CNC 214 Heavy duty industrial castor 103 Height gauges 185 Helical gear boxes 194 Helical geared motors 16 Helical-worm gear units 18 Heli-worm geared motors 102 Helmets 153 High alumina wear resistant ceramic tiles 7, 13 High carbon chrome 170 High carbon steel balls 170 High efficiency standard motors flame proof motors 102 High intensity rare earth magnetic separator 189 High intensity roller type magnetic separator 189 High precision CNC turning center 202 High precision turned parts 221 High pressure ball valve 166 High pressure blower 18 High pressure cleaners 243 High voltage testing equipment 170 HI-VI jackets 153 HOC dryer 117 Hoist with trolley 225 Hoists 250 Hold back 211 Hollow shaft worm gear motor 18 Home security system 110 Hooper magnet 189, 197 Horizontal CNC machines Back inside cover Horizontal machining center Back inside cover Hose clamps 209 HRC fuse bodie 7, 13 Human machine interface (HMI) 119 Humidity/temperature & pressure indicators 186 Hump magnet 189, 197 Hydraulic dock levelers 21, 221 Hydraulic dock shelters 21 Hydraulic equipment 205 Hydraulic goods lift 193 Hydraulic hoses 66 Hydraulic lift 205 Hydraulic manual pallet trucks 127 Hydraulic press 170, 209 Hydraulic press brake 220
S. No Product 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546
Pg No
Hydraulic punching machines 130 Hydraulic scissor lifts 205 Hydraulic shearing machine 209 Hydraulic steel working machines 130 Hydraulic vane pumps 181 Hydraulics 65 Hydroforming 175 IC counterbalanced forklift 21 Illuminated magnifiers 182 Imaging & vision systems 12 Incined tube manmeter 221 In-cylinder sensors 187 Indexing machine 169 Induction seals / wads 217 Inductive proximity switches 27 Industrial batteries 43 Industrial cable glands 200 Industrial ceramic 7, 13 Industrial connectors 47 Industrial control & sensing devices 5 Industrial coolers 151 Industrial cranes 77 Industrial doors 231 Industrial dryers 183 Industrial electric AC motors 18 Industrial electric power distribution system 163 Industrial evaporator 183 Industrial flooring 150 Industrial ovens & driers 205 Industrial overhead doors 21 Industrial products 15 Industrial vacuum cleaners 165 Inert atmosphere chamber furnaces 162 Infrared gas sensors 209 Injection molding components 186 Inline drum type magnetic separator 189 Inline helical geared motors 102 Instrumentation 185 Instrumentation & controls 25 Instrumentation made cables 47 Insulated boxes 165 Insulated conductor system 197 Insulated power rail 197 Insulation tester 11 Internals for electrostatic precipitators 203 Inverter 203 Inverter duty motors 102 Inverter rated motor 76, 188 Inverter rectifiers 218 Invertor/variable frequency drives 5 Invertors 119, 197 Isolators 83 Jewellery precision scales 166 Jib crane 16, 120, 225 Joining 157 Joystick controllers 187 Keyless transmission element 193, 211 Kilns & baths 205 Labels 213 Laboratory furnaces 205 Large bearings 66 Large enclosures 45 Large helical (th) & heli-bevel (tb) gear boxes 102 Large size roll grinder 53 Laser markers 73 Laser sensors 73 Laser shaping 121 Laser systems 175 Lathe machine 157, 210, 220 Lathes 210 Lawn mower 199
S. No Product 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617
LED 27 LED signal tower lights 28, 30, 32, 34 Level controllers 5 Level gauges 221 Lift & conveyor cables 47 Lifting magnets 197 Lifting system 193 Lifts 250 Lifttrucks service 77 Light duty castor 103 Light lifting 77 Lighting energy savers 154 Lighting pole terminals 189 Limit switches 27, 28, 30, 32, 34, 109 Linear motion 65 Linear position sensors 187 Linear potentiometers 187 Linear sensors 109 Liquid nitrogen level controllers 166 Load break switches 27 Loaders 179 Loading bay equipment 21 Logic controller 109 Loop powered indicators 8 Loop powered isolators 8 Lorry loaders 179 Low lift pallet truck with ride 21 LV motors 137 LVDTS 187 Machine lamps 201 Machines 130 Magnetic coolant separator 189 Magnetic floor sweeper 189 Magnetic pulley 197 Magnetic racks 197 Magnum spray guns 131 Main & sub-system assembly automation 196 Manometers 221 Manual hoists 172 Manual pallet truck 21 Manual powder coating system 131 Masks 153 Material handling containers 165 Material handling equipment 16, 120, 127 MCB 83 MCC & PCC enclosure 45 MCCBs 43, 207 Measurement & inspection 41, 57, 111 Measurement sensors 73 Measuring & monitoring relay for 1ph/3ph 5 Measuring instruments 11, 68, 96 Measuring low pressures 221 Medical 231 Metal cutting tools 101 Metallurgical furnaces 205 Metering solutions & relays 43 Meters 43, 96 Metric range connectors 6 Micro milling beads 7, 13 Micro motor 109 Micro PLC 119 Micro switches 28, 30, 32, 34, 109 Mighty tiny series 18 Milk powder plant 183 Mill lining blocks 7, 13 Mill lining blocks & grinding media 154 Milling machine 176, 220 Modernisations 77 Modular PLC 119 Motion control 5, 119 Motor control centers 43
SOURCE ELECTRIC & ELECTRONICS PRODUCTS @ 236
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Pg No
www.engg-expo.com
PRODUCT INDEX
S. No Product 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688
Pg No
Motor protection circuit breaker 27 Motorised boom barriers 21 Motorised valves 189 Motorised vibratory feeder 189 Motors 39, 69, 171 Motors of international class. 204 Movement technology 131 Multi-axis motion controllers 92 Multimedia union 78 Multipole industrial connectors 118 Multispeed motors 102 MV switchgear 43 Needle roller bearings 66 Needle valves 221 Ntn bearings 66 Office & computer 41, 57, 111 Ohmmeters 68, 96 On/off controllers 8 Online b2b marketplace 93, 235 Optical touch switch 73 Optoelectronics & displays 41, 57, 111 Over band magnetic separator 189 Overhead doors 21 Packaging solutions 217 Packaging test equipments 217 Paint shop equipments 12 Paint shop machines 12 Paint spray booth 169 Pallet stacker with ride on operators 21 Pallets 96, 165 Parallel shaft heical geared motors 102 Part ejectors 95 Parts for pollution control equipment 203 Passive components 41, 57, 111 PC enclosures 45 PCB insertion conveyors 196 PD blower 117 Pedestrian & rider operated counter balanced pallet trucks 127 Pedestrian low lift pallet truck 21 Pedestrian pallet stackers 21 Peeing machine 161 Perforated metal screens 203 Permanent magnetic chucks 197 Permanent magnetic drum pully 189 Permanent magnetic drum type separator 197 PET mesh & braided tubes 158 Photo electric sensors 5,73 Pick & move cranes 179 Pick & place robots 196 PID controllers 8 Pilot lights 27 Pins & sockets 221 Pipe bending machines 130 Piston valve 166 Planner milling machine 220 Planners 210 Planning machines 214 Plano millers 210 Plano milling machines 210, 214 Plasama cutting machine 97 Plastic chain conveyors 196 Plate bending machine 130, 186, 220 Plate castor wheels 103 Plate magnet 189, 197 Plat-trucks 103 PLC 137, 185 Plugs and sockets 27 Pneumatic & electric on & off valves 161 Pneumatic cylinders 170 Pneumatic equipment 205 Pneumatic parts 221
S. No Product 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759
Pg No
Pneumatics 65, 66 Polyacetal 203 Polypropylene 203 Polyurethane 203 Polyurethane rubber products 217 Polywatt power LEDs 206 Portable blaster 169 Portable coolant purifying system 95 Portable digital hardness testers 161 Portable oil skimmer with variable speeds 95 Portable weigh bridges 166 Powder coating & speedy painting equipments 206 Powder feeding 131 Power & line protection 41, 57, 111 Power cables 84 Power distribution components 45 Power factor controllers 68 Power magnet 197 Power module 109 Power press 161, 209 Power quality management system 43 Power supply 109 Power supply for cranes / hoists 197 Power supply stem material handlings 197 Power system 227 Power transducer 11 Pre treatment systems 12 Precision assembly design services 196 Precision ground bars 225 Precision rolling bearings 66 Precision steel 121 Precision switches 27 Precision switches single & multiple 27 Press brake machine 209 Press technology 157 Pressure blaster 169 Pressure boosting 247 Pressure gauge 8, 195 Pressure sensor 73, 109 Process automation and control equipments 51 Process cranes 77 Process pumps 158 Process water treatment 247 Profile projectors 61 Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) 5 Programmable terminals 5 Protective-conduit system 47 Proximity sensors 5 PTFE lined valves 190 PTFE stockshapes & machined components 178 PTFE/Teflon 203 Pull stud 193 Pultruded cable trays 178 Pumps 9, 37, 91, 184, Back cover Punching machines 130 Push buttons 27 Racks & cabinets 41, 57, 111 Range mg connectors 6 Range ms connectors 6 Rapping bar assembly 203 RCCB 83 Reach truck 21 Reamers 193 Rear cylinder hydraulic press brake 209 Re-crystallised allumina tubes 7, 13 Rectifiers 197 Reflective photoelectric sensors 165 Refrigerated dryer 117 Refrigeration compressors 229 Reliable flooring 150 Relief valves 221
S. No Product 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830
Remote switches RFID Rh+t controllers Rh+t indicators Robotic cables Robotic welding Roll turning lathes Roller beds Roller conveyors Roller shutters Roller type magnetic separator Roots blowers Rope guides Rotary air blowers Rotary cam switches Rotary dampers Rotary joints & unions Rotary position sensors Rotary potentiometers Rotary screw air compressor Rotary vibrators Rotating electrical connectors Rotating unions RTD sensors Rubber-bonded grinding wheels Sack trucks Safety equipment Safety laser scanner Safety light curtains Safety protection devices Safety relay Safety relief valves Safety shoes SCADA & DCS implementation Scanners Scissor lift Screw compressors SDF Sealants Seals Security & audio visual Security systems Semiconductors – discrete Semiconductors – ics Semiconductors – modules Semiconductors – tools Sensitive part loading/unloading Sensor hand dryers Sensor soap dispensers Sensor taps Sensors Sensors & transducers Servo voltage stabilizer Sewage pumps Sewage submersible pumps Shaft loading Shearing machine Sheet metal components Sheet metal forming Sheet metal machines Ship building production Shipyard cranes Shock absorbers Shock and noise isolation Shoe brake Shot blasting Shot blasting hoses Shrouded dsl system Shunts Side lock adaptor Sight flow indicators
FINALIZE SUPPLIERS @ 238
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Pg No 110 5 8 8 47 149 210 53 196 110 189 91 225 200 27 78 78 187 187 117 181 217 78 8 210 103 60 73 5 27 109 221 153 12 8 21, 205 210 207 237 66 41, 57, 111 167 41, 57, 111 41, 57, 111 41, 57, 111 41, 57, 111 95 110 110 110 60, 73 41, 57, 111 203 158 203 95 209, 220 186 175 130 53 77 78 158 181 161 169 197 96 193 221
www.engg-expo.com
PRODUCT INDEX
S. No Product 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900
Pg No
Signal conditioners 187 Signal isolators 8 Simplair anodised aluminum piping 117 Single girder EOT crane 225 Siphon systems 78 Slar water heating systems 205 Slat conveyors 196 Slder paste 217 Sliding gates 110 Slipring crane duty motors 69 Small junction/distribution boxes 45 Smart Logistics Leadership Series 22 Software outsourcing 87 Solderless terminals 59, 165 Solenoid valves 161 Solid carbide drills 101 Solid carbide drills with IC 101 Solid carbide mills 101 Solid carbide reamers 101 Solid carbide reamers with IC 101 Solid carbide special drills 101 Solid carbide special mills 101 Solid carbide special reamers 101 Space sector 196 Special application motors 102 Special purpose machines 210, 214 Special tools 193 Specialty metals 196 Spike 203 Spiral bevel gear box 18 Spiral cables 47 Spiral cum helical gearbox 10 Spray guns 186, 214 Sprockets 194 SS high precision component 221 SSR 109 Stackker 205 Stainless steel 170 Standalone sensors 110 Static control & site safety 41, 57, 111 Static control devices 73 Static weigh bridge 166 Steel balls 170 Steel working machines 130 Storage systems 215 Structural floor decking sheets 154 Suction blaster 169 Super finishing film - variofilm 213 Super isolation transformer 203 Surface grinder 220 Surface treatment 237 Suspension magnet 189 Sweeping machines 243 Swing check valve 166 Swing gates 110 Switchboard meters 96 Switches 83 Switches & relays 41, 57, 111 Switchgear 207 Switchgear products 43 Switching relays 5 Synthetic resin bonded paper tubes 162 System integrator for ABB control automation products 185 Table type & floor type horizontal boring machines 53 Tail lift 21 Technical ceramic 7, 13 Technical guidelines 102 Temperature and humidity transmitters 60 Temperature controller 5, 176 Temperature instruments 195
S. No Product 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970
Pg No
Temperature transmitter 60 Temperature-resistant cables 47 Tensioner nut 211 Test 41, 57, 111 Test rig automation for industrial fans 149 Testers 68, 96 Thermocouples 8 Three phase standard motor 76 Tig air cooled 97 Tig torch 97 Tilt sensors (inclinometers) 187 Timers 5, 8, 109 Timing pulley 194 Tooling solutions 43 Tools 193 Tools & production supplies 41, 57, 111 Top-mounted level switches 154 Torque motor 18, 76, 102 Totalisers 8 Touchscreen 92 Toughened glass & round glass 221 Tower cranes 179 Track rollers 211 Transducers 68 Transformers 41, 57, 96, 111, 197 Transmitters 60 Trap magnet 189 Travelling machine 16 Trims 186 Triplex plunger pumps 158 Trolley castor wheels 103 Trolleys 103 Tube bending technology 105 Tube sheet assembly 203 Tubing accessories 51 Turbine air ventilator 176 Turned components 221 Turnkey projects 183 Twin spindle & turret CNC turning center 202 Twist drills 193 U tube manometer 221 Uhmw-pe 203 Unitech scanners 213 Unitech terminals 213 Universal appliance testers 181 UPS 203 UPS Systems 197 Vacuum blaster 169 Vacuum blasting equipment 205 Vacuum booster pump 91, 169 Vacuum cleaners 167 Vacuum lifting & transporting devices 157 Vacuum systems 91 Validation of pacs 217 Valve position transducers 187 Valve terminals 51 Valves 51, 162, 166, 221 Variable speed drive 18 Variable speed pulley 18 Variacs 197 Velocity & feed controllers 78 Vertical & double column CNC machining center 202 Vertical boring lathes 210 Vertical boring-cum-turning mills 176 Vertical order pickers 21 Vertical rotary surface grinder 53 Vertical turning cum boring machines 210 Vertical turning lathe 210, 214 Vertical turning machines 210 Vibrating motor 18, 189
S. No Product 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011
Pg No
Vibrating reed type 96 Vibrating screen machine 189 Vibration 158 Vibratory bowl 189 Vibro equipment 181 Vibro separators 181 Video door phones 110 Vises 186, 214 Vision sensors 5 Voltage stabilisers 197 Wastewater treatment 247 Water analysers and combustible & toxic gas detector 185 Water cooled reciprocating compressor 117 Water faucet & tap parts 7, 13 Water float sensors 110 Water purifier 167 Water treatment 247 Wearhouse and distribution 231 Welding 97 Welding equipment 186, 214 Welding machines & plasma cutting machines 97 Welding petitioners 53 Wet & dry vacuum cleaners 243 Wet scrubbers & gas absorbers 169 Wheel assembly 194 Wheel barrows 103 Wire & assemblies 41, 57, 111 Wire connectors 59, 165 Wire conveyor belts 209 Wire mesh conveyors 196 Wire rope drums 194 Wires 84 Wiring connectors 186 Worm gear 10 Worm gear speed reducer 18 Worm wheel sets 194 Wrapping testers 190 Y tye strainer 221 Zebra printers 213 Zebra ribbons 213 Zirconia polycrystal ceramic 7, 13
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS S. No Product 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039
Pg No
Alarms Apparel & footwear Breathing air purifiers Commercial push spreaders Cooling systems Detectors Dewpoint meters Digital panel meters Electric engine oil pressure transducers Electric steam generators Flow sensors Gearboxes Heating Hot-melt application systems Industrial products Metal diaphragm pressure switches Photoelectric sensors Plug connectors Power connectors Power distribution modules Punch formers Safety equipment Sensors Temperature and humidity transmitters Temperature transmitter Transmitters Turning centers Wire cutters & strippers
60 15 224 224 60 60 60 60 225 226 230 228 60 224 15 224 226 228 230 226 230 60 60 60 60 60 224 224
SOURCE HYDRAULICS PNEUMATICS EQUIPMENT @ www.engg-expo.com
240
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
To know more about the advertisers in this magazine, refer to our ‘Advertisers’ List’ or write to us at search@infomedia18.in or call us at +91-22-3003 4640 or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
A3Logics (I) Ltd T: +91-141-2771816 E: hq@a3logics.com W: www.a3logics.com
Pg No
87
ABB Limited T: +91-80-22949560 E: amit.a.sharma@in.abb.com W: www.abb.co.in
137
Action Construction Equipments Ltd T: +91-11-40549900 E: marketing@ace-cranes.com W: www.ace-cranes.com
179
Actuators India Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-26736864 E: actuatorsindia2007@rediffmail.com W: www.tscindia.com
189
Aglow Engineers Pvt Ltd T: +91-120-3917070, E: info@aglowengineers.com W: www.aglowengineers.com
186
Allied Electronics Corporation T: +91-22-26616619 E: sales@aecconnectors.com W: www.aceconnectors.com
6
Aravali Engineers T: +91-120-2401105 E: varchasv@aravaliengineers.com W: www.aravaliengineers.com
215
Atlas Copco (India) Ltd T: +91-20-30722222 E: marcom@in.atlascopco.com W: www.atlascopco.com
FIC
Autotronic Enterprise Co.,Ltd. T: +886-2-2223-5889 E: claire_chang@aecl.com.tw W: www.aecl.com.tw
60
Avasarala Technologies Limited T: +91-80-26083300 E: marketing@avasarala.com W: www.avasarala.com
196
Avcon Controls Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-28221505 E: avcon@bom3.vsnl.net.in W: www.avconindia.com
161
Ballkings T: +91-161-2534501 E: ballkings@ballkings.com
170
Base Vibration Isolators Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-28381030 E: sales@baseisolators.com W: www.baseisolators.com
158
Bhagirath Heavy Transmission T: +91-11-32222661 E: bht_india1998@yahoo.co.in
194
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
Blaze Engineers T: +91-265-6506841 E: blazeengineers@yahoo.co.in W: www.blazeengineer.com
176
Boge Compressed Air System T: +91-44-43009610 E: S.Sriram@boge.de W: www.boge.in
48
Bonfiglioli Transmissions (Pvt) Ltd T: +91-44-24781035 E: sales@bonfiglioliin.com W: www.bonfiglioliindia.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
E: hemant@otc.co.th W: www.otcdaihenasia.com Darling Pumps Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-2720558 E: darlingin@satyam.net.in W: www.darlingpump.com
184
217
19
Delair India Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-4091111 E: delairmarketing@pahwa.com W: www.delair.com
227
Bosch Rexroth (India) Limited W: www.boschrexroth.co.in
65
Delta India Electronics Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-4169040 E: gazala.masood@delta.co.in W: www.deltaelectronics.co.in
Bry Air (Asia) Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-23906777 E: bryairmarketing@pahwa.com W: www.bryair.com
219
Dhakar Engineers T: +91-294-2491960 E: dhakareng@hotmail.com
189
150
Diamond Metal Screens Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-831-2441295 E: diamondscreens@vsnl.com W: www.diamondscreens.com
203
Buildcon Consultants Pvt Ltd T: +91-141-4012629 E: sales@buildcon.in W: www.buildcon.in C&S Electric Ltd. T: +91-11-30887520-29 E: ravi.gautam@cselectric.co.in W: www.cselectric.co.in
83
Digital Marketing Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-3046800 E: digicontrols@gmail.com W: www.digitalcontrols.org
185
Dynascan Inspection Systems Co T: +91-80-41102747 E: dynascan@vsnl.com W: www.dynascan.info
61
East India Bearing Co. (P) Ltd. T: +91-22-40939200 E: mumbai@eibc.in W: www.eibc.in
66
Chemical & Industrial Engineers T: +91-22-28822740
221
CII E: laly.thomas@cii.in W: www.ietfindia.in
208
Classic Polymers & Resins T: +91-22-24465251 E: sales@classicpolymers.co.in W: www.classicpolymers.com
203
Coatec India T: +91-172-5063436 E: info@coatecindia.com W: www.coatecindia.com Cosmos Impex (India) Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-265-3927000 E: sales@cosmos.in W: www.cosmos.in CRI Pumps (Pvt) Ltd T: +91-422-3260011 E: corp@cripumps.com W: www.cripumps.com CST Sensors India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-41132204 E: india@cstsensors.com W: www.cstsensors.com Daihen Corporation T: +91-124-4300821
12
223
9
109
97
EFY Enterprises Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-26810601 E: efyenq@efyindia.com W: www.efyexpo.com
212
Elcen Machines Pvt Ltd T: +91-265-2642001 E: info@elcen.com W: www.elcen.com
188
Elecon Engineering Company Limited T: +91-2692-236469 E: infogear@elecon.com W: www.elecon.com Electro Pneumatics & Hydraulics (I) T: +91-2135-667500 E: epchakan@electropneumatics.com W: www.electropneumatics.com Electronica Hitech Engineering Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-30435400 E: hitech@electronicahitech.com W: www.electrohitech.com
10
105
14
Our consistent advertisers
244
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Element 14 India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-40003800 E: india-sales@farnell.com W: www.farnell.in Empire Cable Industries Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-23874632 E: empirecables@yahoo.co.in W: www.empirecables.com
Pg No
41, 57, 111
84
Engineering Expo T: +91-9920401226 E: engexpo@infomedia18.in W: www.engg-expo.com
173
Entrepreneur
239
Ercon Composites T: +91-291-2741263 E: ercon@ercon-india.com W: www.ercon-india.com
164
Essae Technologies Private Limited T: +91-80-40453535 E: essaetec@essatec.com W: www.essaetec.com
213
Eureka Forbes Limited T: +91-80-30251500 E: fandb@eurekaforbes.com W: www.eurekaforbes.com
167
Everest Blowers T: +91-11-45457777 E: info@everestblowers.com W: www.everestblowers.com
91
Expert Eqpts Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-25475153 E: expertequip@rediffmail.com W: www.expertevitator.com
193
Festo Controls Ltd T: +91-80-22894100 E: info_in@festo.com W: www.festo.com
51
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
E: sales@geapl.co.in W: www.geapl.co.in Gem Equipments Ltd T: +91-422-3267800 E: sales@gemindia.com W: www.gemindia.com
151
Giri Brothers Private Limited T: ‘+91-44-25225401 E: giribrothers@vsnl.com W: www.giribrothers.in
166
Globe Scott Motors Pvt Ltd T: +91-260-2373538 E: info@globescott.net W: www.globescott.net
204
Goliya Electricals T: +91-22-24120456 E: geplmumbai@mtnl.net.in W: www.goliya.com
96
Goliya Instruments Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-24149657 E: goliya@mtn.net.in W: www.goliyainstruments.com
68
Grundfos Pumps India Pvt Ltd T: +91-44-24966800 E: salesindia@grundfos.com W: www.grundfos.in
BC
Hafa Hoists Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-27694837 E: response@hafahoists.com W: www.hafahoists.com
225
Hannover Fair T: +030/61002-142 E: lamcha@hirschen.de W: www.hannovermesse.com
182
Havells India Ltd. T: +1800-11-0303;’+91-11-41660303 E: marketing@havells.com W: www.havells.com
39
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
T: +91-120-234 1050-59 E: ho.mktg@hssp.com W: www.hondasielpower.com/ Hummel Connector Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-26894005 E: info.in@hummel.com W: www.hummel.com
200
Hydro Mech Engineers T: +91-79-25890771 E: info@hydromech.in W: www.materialhandlingindia.com
205
Igus India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-39127800 E: info@igus.in W: www.igus.in
138
India Mart Intermesh Ltd T: +1800 - 200 - 4444 E: pr@indiamart.com W: www.indiamart.com
93, 235
Indo Electricals T: +91-265-2632123 E: info@indoelectricals.com W: www.indoelectricals.com
118
Ingersoll Rand (India) Ltd T: +91-79-22820123 E: airsolutionsindia@irco.com W: www.ingersollrand.co.in
117
Intel Trade Fairs&Exposition P Ltd T: +91-22-28803977 E: intelexpo@vsnl.net W: www.intelexpo.com
180
Inter Ads - Brooks Exhibitions Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-4524200 E: blech.india@interads.in W: www.blechindia.com
216
237
247
Henkel Adhesives Technologies India T: +91-80-25357771 E: marketing@loctite.co.in W: www.loctite.com
Jaibalaji Control Gears Pvt. Ltd. 28, 30, 32, 34 T: +91-44-26251279 E: dchandramohan@jaibalaji.firm.in W: www.jaibalaji.firm.in
163
G A Industries T: +91-79-25895577 E: gmac@gaindustries.net W: www.gaindustries.net
181
Hensel Electric India Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-44-24541669 E: henselelectric@vsnl.com W: www.hensel-electric.de
Jaykrishna Magnetics Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-22970452 E: info@jkmagnetics.com W: www.magneticequipments.com
102
G L Brothers T: +91-22-66047000 E: info@pilotindia.com W: www.pilotindia.com
186
Hindustan Motor Mfg Co T: +91-22-42500500 E: sales@hindmotors.com W: www.hindmotors.com
Jindal Aluminium Ltd T: +91-80-23715555 E: jindal@jindalaluminium.com W: www.jindalalumium.com
125
101
Hitech Manufacturing Show T: +91-09820373804 E: hitech@infomedia18.in
232
Jyoti Cnc Automation T: +91-2827-287081 E: info@jyoti.co.in W: www.jyoti.co.in
BIC
G W Precision Tools India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-40431252 E: info@gwindia.in W: www.gwindia.in
Hitachi India Trading Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-40605252 E: ice@hitachi.co.in W: www.hitachi.com.sg
Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt Ltd T: +91-253-2350120/338 E: info@jyoticeramic.com W: www.jyoticeramic.com
178
Honda Siel Power Products Ltd
199
Kapasi Fastners / Inc T: +91-80-22279217 E: kapfast@vsnl.com
Finechrome Shafts Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-29204209 E: finechromespl@yahoo.co.uk
225
Fontus Water Ltd T: +91-11-43100536 E: sales@fontuswater.com W: www.fontuswater.com
Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-66720200
21
189
75
7, 13
Our consistent advertisers F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK
245
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
Kaycee Perfect Systems T: +91-22-65933933 E: krishnavk@netscape.net W: www.kayceeperfect.com
197
Keprej Powertronics T: +91-79-23287221 E: keprejpowertronics@yahoo.com
203
Klipco Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-28684221 E: klipco@mtnl.net.in W: www.klipcohoseclamps.com
209
Knowell International Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-22304627 E: hktrading@vsnl.com W: www.knowell.co.in
185
Konecranes India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-40047470 E: india.sales@konecranes.com W: www.konecranes.com
77
Kushal Udyog Manufacturers & Engineers 169 T: +91-291-2720072 E: kushaludg@sancharnet.in W: www.kushaludhyog.com Lapp India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-7826000 E: sales@lappindia.com W: www.lappgroup.com
47
Larsen & Toubro Ltd T: +91-22-67525656 E: ss-ccd@lth.ltindia.com W: www.larsentoubro.com
43
Livewire T: +91-22-30245000 E: b2b@infomedia18.in
168
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
243
Mayura Automation & Robotic Systems T: ‘+91-44-26210152 E: mayuras@airtelmail.in W: www.mayuras.com
149
Metaflex Doors India Pvt Ltd T: +91-120-4751000 E: richa@metaflex.in W: www.metaflexdorrs.in
231
Metalmech Engineering T: +91-288-2566335 E: mail@metalmecheng.biz W: www.metalmecheng.com
221
Millborn Switchgears Pvt Ltd T: +91-141-2210206 E: millborn@millborn.com W: www.millborn.com
162
Millenium Instruments Ltd T: +91-11-22456571 E: miepl@miepl.com W: www.miepl.com
195
Mipox T: +91-80-65830898 E: rag-rao@mipox.co.jp W: www.mipoxindia.com
213
Misumi India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-66470000 E: sales@misumi.co.in W: www.misumi.co.in
FGF
119
Radix Electro Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-42537784 E: sales@radix.co.in W: www.radix.com
178
Rajindra Machines (P) Ltd T: +91-1871-242763 E: rajindramachines@yahoo.com W: www.rajindra.net
210
Lubi Electronics T: +91-79-39845300 E: info@lubielectronics.com W: www.lubielectronics.com
73
Macht Exim Llp. T: ‘+91-79-40087600 E: bhavin@machtexim.com W: www.machtexim.com
220
N K Forging & Rolling Industries T: +91-161-2223666 E: info@forginghammer.com W: www.nkhhammer.com
78
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Manmachine (India) Private Limited T: +91-120-2422727 E: info@manmachineindia.com W: www.manmachine.in
Mitsubishi Electric Asia Pte. Ltd. T: +91-124-4630300 E: marketing@mspl.messung.com W: www.messung.com
Maco Corporation India Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-24758371 E: prbhowmick@macocorporation.com W: www.macocorporation.com
Pg No
E: ritesh12@hotmail.com W: www.pathakeuromachines.com Pilot Pneumatics Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-66047000 E: info@pilotindia.com W: www.pilotindia.com
214
Pioneer Cranes & Elevators Pvt Ltd T: +91-161-2491935 E: info@pioneer-cranes.com W: www.pioneer-cranes.com
250
Power Drives Guj Pvt Ltd T: +91-265-2636480 E: info@mototek.in
76
Premium Transmission Ltd T: +91-20-27488886 W: www.premiumtransmission.com
123
Progressive Engineering T: +91-22--32944289 E: info@progressiveengineers.net W: http://www.progressiveengineers.net
217
Proteck Machinery Pvt. Ltd. T: ‘+91-44-24450716 E: mtdsales@proteck.co.in W: www.proteckmachinery.com
53
Pump Engineering Co Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-22871257 E: sales@pecindia.co W: www.thepumpsofindia.com
158
Quality Gears T: +91-260-2373685 E: sales@qualitygears.net
194
8
Nanfang Pumps India Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-25425540 E: sales@nanfangpumps.com W: www.nanfangpumps.com
37
Realty Automation & Security Systems T: +91-20-32922630 E: sales@vighnaharta.in W: www.vighnaharta.in
177
25
Rectifiers & Electronics T: +91-11-43680100 E: info@re-india.com W: www.re-india.com
170
211
Reid Supply Company W: www.reidsupply.com
15
Renu Electronics Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-27292840 E: info@renuelectronics.com W: www.renuelectronics.com
89
Reva Industries Ltd T: +91-129-4185400 E: reva@revacranes.com W: www.revacranes.com
16
Macro Tech Equipment Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-24666261 E: info@macrotechcal.com W: www.macrotechcal.com
127
NI Systems India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-41190000 E: ni.india@ni.com W: www.ni.com
Mahindra World City Jaipur Ltd T: +91-141-3003474 E: jaipurinfo@mahindraworldcity.com W: www.mahindraworldcity.com
249
NMT Group T: +91-79-22821527 E: nmtg@nmtgindia.com W: www.nmtgindia.com
Mallcom Safety Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-40161000 E: safety@mallcomindia.com W: www.mallcomindia.com
153
Omron Automation Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-80-40726400 E: srirams@ap.omron.com W: www.omron-ap.com Pathak Machines International T: +91-161-2510401
5
130
Our consistent advertisers
246
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
Rexello Castors Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-4091777 E: rexello@vsnl.com W: www.rexellocastors.com
103
Rishabh Instruments Pvt Ltd T: +91-253-2202202 E: marketing@rishabh.co.in W: www.rishabh.co.in
11
Rittal India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-23519792 E: info@rittal-india.com W: www.rittal-india.com
45
Robin Precision Products Pvt Ltd. T: +91-2827-287631 E: info@bloodtools.com W: www.bloodtools.com
193
Roofvent Industries T: +91-9884041772 E: ravindran777@gmail.com W: www.roofventindia.in
160
S&T Engineers T: +91-422-2590810 E: stycm@stengineers.com W: www.stengineers.com
17
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details
Pg No
Shikovi Heat Gen Technlogies Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-27607758 E: sales@shikovi.com W: www.shikovi.com
205
W: www.tagmaindia.org
Shilpa International (Impex) Pvt Ltd T: +91-40-27849020 E: replysearch@shilpagroup.com W: www.shilpagroup.com/si
187
Teknic T: +91-22-26592392 / 94 E: teknic@vsnl.co.in W: www.teknic.co.in
Shreeyash Automation T: +91-20-64150295 E: info@shreeyashautomation.com W: http://shreeyashautomation.com
172
Teknomec T: ‘+91-44-26633000 E: sales@teknomec.com W: www.teknomec.com
69
Sintex Industries Ltd T: +91-2764-253500 E: icontainers@sintex.co.in W: www.sintex-plastics.com
165
The Indian Electric Co T: +91-20-24474303 E: icemktg@indianelectric.com W: www.indianelectric.com
157
22
Tox Pressotehnik India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-66538300 E: RNamboodiri@tox-in.com W: www.tox-de.com
Smart Logistics T: +91-22-30034650 E: prachi.mutha@infomedia18.in
27
202
Sonal Magnetics T: +91-79-22872349 E: info@sonalmagnetics.com W: www.sonalmagnetics.com
197
TPG Motors & Drives (India) Pvt Ltd T: +91-44-23634199 E: tpg_in@yahoo.com W: www.tpg-tw.com
18
162
SSP Pvt Limited T: +91-129-4183700 E: info@sspindia.com W: www.sspindia.com
183
Trident Pneumatic Pvt Ltd T: +91-422-2401376 E: sales@tridentpneumatics.com W: www.tridentpneumatics.com
159
Standard Electricals Ltd T: +91-11-41660303/ 1800 11 0303 E: standard.ho@stndelec.com W: www.standardelectrical.com
207
Tussor Machine Tools Ind P Ltd T: +91-422-3200183 E: info@tussorindia.com W: www.pinachoindia.com
176
206
Twintech Control Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-24359944 E: twintech@vsnl.com
Sahil Alloys & Machine Tools (P) Ltd T: +91-1871-241925 E: surajfoundry@vsnl.com W: www.sahilalloys.com
210
Sarabsukh Enterprises T: +91-1871-223893 E: sarabsukhbatala@yahoo.co.in W: www.sarabsukhmachines.com
214
Schenck Rotec India Ltd T: +91-120-2563174 E: sril@schenck-ind.com W: www.schenck-india.com
171
Statfield Equipments Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-20-22922180-82 E: marketing@statfieldequipments.com W: www.statfieldequipments.com
Schuler India Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-66800300 E: info@schulerindia.com W: www.schulergroup.com
175
Strategi Automation Solutions Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-32467879 E: sales@strategiautomation.com W: www.strategiautomation.com
Sea Bird Refrigeration Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-22155684 E: rahul.maini@amoking.com W: www.amoking.com
229
Sumitron Exports Pvt Ltd. T: +91-11-41410631 E: sumitron@vsnl.com W: www.sumitron.com
161
Sensotech T: ‘+91-44-32972779 E: sensotechindia@gmail.com W: www.sensomaticindia.com
110
Surface International T: +91-09413329749 E: info@surfaceint.com W: www.surfaceint.com
VDMA T: +91-33-23217073 E: vdmaindia@eth.net W: www.vdma.org/nuv
120
201
Shailesh Sales Corporation T: +91-281-2461102 E: info@shaileshmachines.com W: www.shaileshmachines.com
209
Surya Marketing Corporation T: +91-20-25694455 E: smc2@vsnl.com W: www.suryamarketing.com
Venus Engineers T: +91-11-32222661 E: enquiry@venusengineers.com W: www.venusengineers.com
131
197
Shakti Engineers T: +91-22-28219870 E: response@shaktiengrs.com W: www.shaktiengrs.com
181
Susheel Engineering Corporation T: +91-22-25007976 E: safetrack@vsnl.com
Wagner T: +91-124-4121626 E: imtiaz.ahmed@wagner-group.com W: www.wagner-group.com
121
Tagma T: +91-22-28526876 E: diemould@tagmaindia.org
198
Wendt India Ltd T: +91-4344-405500 E: vijayvernekar@wendtindia.com W: www.wendtgroup.com
95
92
U-Tech Associates T: +91-80-23390309 E: udaya@u-techindia.com W: www.u-techindia.com
166
59, 165
V. R. Valves Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-22202001 E: asbhatt123@yahoo.com W: www.vriron.com
20
Our consistent advertisers
248
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | F E B R U A R Y 2 0 1 1
Vol 14 No 02
Reg No: G2 / NMD / 81 / 2011 - 2013 RNI No: 67827 / 98 Date Of Posting 22nd & 23rd Of Every Previous Month / English & Monthly. Licence to Post at Mumbai Patrika Channel Sorting Office, Mumbai GPO., Mumbai 400 001. Date Of Publication: 18th of Every Month
February 2011 252